blob: aa5f54f4bc180ae94bc033bceeb4da21a9c017d6 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar5c8837f2006-02-25 21:52:33 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 25
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000013|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00003112. Textlock |textlock|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000032
33{Vi does not have any of these commands}
34
35==============================================================================
361. Variables *variables*
37
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000381.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000039 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000040There are five types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000041
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000042Number A 32 bit signed number.
43 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
44
45String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
46 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
47
48Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
49 Example: function("strlen")
50
51List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
52 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000053
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000054Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
55 value. |Dictionary|
56 Example: {'blue': "#0000ff", 'red': "#ff0000"}
57
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000058The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
59are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000060
61Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
62the Number. Examples: >
63 Number 123 --> String "123"
64 Number 0 --> String "0"
65 Number -1 --> String "-1"
66
67Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
68to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
69the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
70 String "456" --> Number 456
71 String "6bar" --> Number 6
72 String "foo" --> Number 0
73 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
74 String "0100" --> Number 64
75 String "-8" --> Number -8
76 String "+8" --> Number 0
77
78To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
79 :echo "0100" + 0
80
81For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
82
83Note that in the command >
84 :if "foo"
85"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
86use strlen(): >
87 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000088< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
89List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000090
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000091 *E706*
92You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
93to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000094equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000095 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000096 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000097 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000098
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000099
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001001.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +0000101 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000102A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000103in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
104around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000105
106 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
107 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000108< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000109A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
110have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000111
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000112A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
113Dictionary entry. Example: >
114 :function dict.init() dict
115 : let self.val = 0
116 :endfunction
117
118The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
119function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
120
121A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
122 :call Fn()
123 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000124
125The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000126 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000127
128You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
129arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000130 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000131
132
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001331.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000134 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000135A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
136can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
137position in the sequence.
138
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000139
140List creation ~
141 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000142A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000143Examples: >
144 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
145 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000146
147An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000148nested List: >
149 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000150
151An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
152
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000153
154List index ~
155 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000156An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000157after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
158 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000159 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000160
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000161When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000162 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000163<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000164A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
165the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000166 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
167
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000168To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000169is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000170 :echo get(mylist, idx)
171 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
172
173
174List concatenation ~
175
176Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
177 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000178 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000179
180To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
181it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
182
183
184Sublist ~
185
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000186A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
187separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000188 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000189
190Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
191similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
192available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000193 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
194 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
195 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000196
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000197The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
198is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
199 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
200 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
201
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +0000202NOTE: mylist[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index. Watch out for
203using a single letter variable before the ":". Insert a space when needed:
204mylist[s : e].
205
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000206
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000207List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000208 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000209When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
210variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
211change "bb": >
212 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
213 :let bb = aa
214 :call add(aa, 4)
215 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000216< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000217
218Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
219works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000220a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000221 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
222 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000223 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000224 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
225 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000226< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000227 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000228< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000229
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000230To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000231copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000232
233The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000234List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000235the same value. >
236 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
237 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
238 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000239< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000240 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000241< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000242
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000243Note about comparing lists: Two lists are considered equal if they have the
244same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==". There is one
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000245exception: When comparing a number with a string they are considered
246different. There is no automatic type conversion, as with using "==" on
247variables. Example: >
248 echo 4 == "4"
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000249< 1 >
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000250 echo [4] == ["4"]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000251< 0
252
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000253Thus comparing Lists is more strict than comparing numbers and strings. You
254can compare simple values this way too by putting them in a string: >
255
256 :let a = 5
257 :let b = "5"
258 echo a == b
259< 1 >
260 echo [a] == [b]
261< 0
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000262
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000263
264List unpack ~
265
266To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
267square brackets, like list items: >
268 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
269
270When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
271this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
272and a variable name: >
273 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
274
275This works like: >
276 :let var1 = mylist[0]
277 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000278 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000279
280Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
281empty list then.
282
283
284List modification ~
285 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000286To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000287 :let list[4] = "four"
288 :let listlist[0][3] = item
289
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000290To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000291modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000292 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
293
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000294Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
295examples: >
296 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
297 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
298 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000299 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000300 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
301 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000302 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000303 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000304 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000305 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000306
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000307Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000308 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
309 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
310
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000311
312For loop ~
313
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000314The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
315to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000316 :for item in mylist
317 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000318 :endfor
319
320This works like: >
321 :let index = 0
322 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000323 : let item = mylist[index]
324 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000325 : let index = index + 1
326 :endwhile
327
328Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000329results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000330the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000331
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000332If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000333function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000334
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000335Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
336requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
337 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
338 : call Doit(lnum, col)
339 :endfor
340
341This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
342must remain the same to avoid an error.
343
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000344It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000345 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
346 : call Doit(i, j)
347 : if !empty(rest)
348 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
349 : endif
350 :endfor
351
352
353List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000354 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000355Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000356 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000357 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000358 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
359 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
360 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000361 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
362 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000363 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
364 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000365 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
366 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000367 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
368 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000369
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +0000370Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple. For
371example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
372 :exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
373
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000374
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003751.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000376 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000377A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000378entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
379ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000380
381
382Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000383 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000384A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000385braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
386only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000387 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
388 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000389< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000390A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
391String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000392entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
393Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000394
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000395A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000396nested Dictionary: >
397 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
398
399An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
400
401
402Accessing entries ~
403
404The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
405 :let val = mydict["one"]
406 :let mydict["four"] = 4
407
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000408You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000409
410For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
411form can be used |expr-entry|: >
412 :let val = mydict.one
413 :let mydict.four = 4
414
415Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
416key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000417 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000418
419
420Dictionary to List conversion ~
421
422You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
423turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
424
425Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
426 :for key in keys(mydict)
427 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
428 :endfor
429
430The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
431 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
432
433To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
434 :for v in values(mydict)
435 : echo "value: " . v
436 :endfor
437
438If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000439a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000440 :for entry in items(mydict)
441 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
442 :endfor
443
444
445Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000446 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000447Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
448Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
449Dictionary: >
450 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
451 :let adict = onedict
452 :let adict['a'] = 11
453 :echo onedict['a']
454 11
455
Bram Moolenaarf3bd51a2005-06-14 22:11:18 +0000456Two Dictionaries compare equal if all the key-value pairs compare equal. For
457more info see |list-identity|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000458
459
460Dictionary modification ~
461 *dict-modification*
462To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
463use |:let| this way: >
464 :let dict[4] = "four"
465 :let dict['one'] = item
466
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000467Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
468Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
469 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
470 :unlet dict.aaa
471 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000472
473Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000474 :call extend(adict, bdict)
475This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
476in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000477Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
478expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
479adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000480
481Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +0000482 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000483This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000484
485
486Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000487 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000488When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
489special way with a dictionary. Example: >
490 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000491 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000492 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000493 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
494 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000495
496This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
497Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
498the function was invoked from.
499
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000500It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
501Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
502
503 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000504To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
505assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000506 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
507 :function mydict.len() dict
508 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000509 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000510 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000511
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000512The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
513that references this function. The function can only be used through a
514|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
515remaining that refers to it.
516
517It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000518
519
520Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000521 *E715*
522Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000523 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
524 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
525 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
526 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
527 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
528 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
529 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
530 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000531
532
5331.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000534 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000535If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
536function.
537
538When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
539start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
540stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
541
542When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
543start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
544stored in the session file |session-file|.
545
546variable name can be stored where ~
547my_var_6 not
548My_Var_6 session file
549MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
550
551
552It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
553|curly-braces-names|.
554
555==============================================================================
5562. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
557
558Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
559
560|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
561
562|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
563
564|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
565
566|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
567 expr5 != expr5 not equal
568 expr5 > expr5 greater than
569 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
570 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
571 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
572 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
573 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
574
575 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
576 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
577 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
578 matching case
579
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000580 expr5 is expr5 same |List| instance
581 expr5 isnot expr5 different |List| instance
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000582
583|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000584 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
585 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
586
587|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
588 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
589 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
590
591|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
592 - expr7 unary minus
593 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000594
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000595
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000596|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a |List|
597 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a |List|
598 expr8.name entry in a |Dictionary|
599 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with |Funcref| variable
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000600
601|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000602 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000603 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000604 [expr1, ...] |List|
605 {expr1: expr1, ...} |Dictionary|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000606 &option option value
607 (expr1) nested expression
608 variable internal variable
609 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
610 $VAR environment variable
611 @r contents of register 'r'
612 function(expr1, ...) function call
613 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
614
615
616".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
617Example: >
618 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
619
620All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
621
622
623expr1 *expr1* *E109*
624-----
625
626expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
627
628The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
629non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
630otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
631Example: >
632 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
633
634Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
635other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
636Example: >
637 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
638
639To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
640 :echo lnum == 1
641 :\ ? "top"
642 :\ : lnum == 1000
643 :\ ? "last"
644 :\ : lnum
645
646
647expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
648---------------
649
650 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
651The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
652are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
653
654 input output ~
655n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
656zero zero zero zero
657zero non-zero non-zero zero
658non-zero zero non-zero zero
659non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
660
661The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
662
663 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
664
665Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
666
667 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
668
669Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
670arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
671
672 let a = 1
673 echo a || b
674
675This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
676so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
677
678 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
679
680This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
681only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
682
683
684expr4 *expr4*
685-----
686
687expr5 {cmp} expr5
688
689Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
690if it evaluates to true.
691
692 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
693 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
694 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
695 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
696 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
697 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000698 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000699 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
700equal == ==# ==?
701not equal != !=# !=?
702greater than > ># >?
703greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
704smaller than < <# <?
705smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
706regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
707regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000708same instance is
709different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000710
711Examples:
712"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
713"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
714"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
715
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000716 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000717A |List| can only be compared with a |List| and only "equal", "not equal" and
718"is" can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively.
719Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000720
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000721 *E735* *E736*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000722A |Dictionary| can only be compared with a |Dictionary| and only "equal", "not
723equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the |Dictionary|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000724recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
725
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000726 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000727A |Funcref| can only be compared with a |Funcref| and only "equal" and "not
728equal" can be used. Case is never ignored.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000729
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000730When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| this checks if the expressions are
731referring to the same |List| instance. A copy of a |List| is different from
732the original |List|. When using "is" without a |List| it is equivalent to
733using "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000734different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
735is false.
736
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000737When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
738and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
739because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
740
741When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
742results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
743necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
744
745When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
746'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
747
748When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
749'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
750
751The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
752argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
753This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
754matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
755portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
756single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
757Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
758(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
759can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
760 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
761 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
762
763
764expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
765---------------
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000766expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or |List| concatenation *expr-+*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000767expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
768expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000769
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000770For |List|s only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The
771result is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000772
773expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
774expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
775expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000776
777For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
778
779Note the difference between "+" and ".":
780 "123" + "456" = 579
781 "123" . "456" = "123456"
782
783When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
784When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
785
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000786None of these work for |Funcref|s.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000787
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000788
789expr7 *expr7*
790-----
791! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
792- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
793+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
794
795For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
796For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
797For '+' the number is unchanged.
798
799A String will be converted to a Number first.
800
801These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
802 !-1 == 0
803 !!8 == 1
804 --9 == 9
805
806
807expr8 *expr8*
808-----
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000809expr8[expr1] item of String or |List| *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000810
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000811If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
812expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000813Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000814
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000815Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
816text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
817cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000818 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
819
820If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000821String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
822compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
823
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000824If expr8 is a |List| then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000825for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
826error. Example: >
827 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
828
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000829Generally, if a |List| index is equal to or higher than the length of the
830|List|, or more negative than the length of the |List|, this results in an
831error.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000832
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000833
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000834expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000835
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000836If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
837from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000838expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
839encodings.
840
841If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
842string minus one is used.
843
844A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
845the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
846
847If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
848expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
849
850Examples: >
851 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
852 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
853 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
854 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
855
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000856If expr8 is a |List| this results in a new |List| with the items indicated by
857the indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained
858just above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000859 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
860 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
861 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
862
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000863Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a |Funcref| results in an
864error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000865
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000866
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000867expr8.name entry in a |Dictionary| *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000869If expr8 is a |Dictionary| and it is followed by a dot, then the following
870name will be used as a key in the |Dictionary|. This is just like:
871expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000872
873The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
874but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
875
876There must not be white space before or after the dot.
877
878Examples: >
879 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
880 :echo dict.one
881 :echo dict .2
882
883Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
884always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
885
886
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +0000887expr8(expr1, ...) |Funcref| function call
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000888
889When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
890
891
892
893 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000894number
895------
896number number constant *expr-number*
897
898Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
899
900
901string *expr-string* *E114*
902------
903"string" string constant *expr-quote*
904
905Note that double quotes are used.
906
907A string constant accepts these special characters:
908\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
909\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
910\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
911\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
912\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
913\X.. same as \x..
914\X. same as \x.
915\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
916 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
917\U.... same as \u....
918\b backspace <BS>
919\e escape <Esc>
920\f formfeed <FF>
921\n newline <NL>
922\r return <CR>
923\t tab <Tab>
924\\ backslash
925\" double quote
926\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
927
928Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
929
930
931literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
932---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000933'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000934
935Note that single quotes are used.
936
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000937This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000938meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000939
940Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
941to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
942 if a =~ "\\s*"
943 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000944
945
946option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
947------
948&option option value, local value if possible
949&g:option global option value
950&l:option local option value
951
952Examples: >
953 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
954 if &insertmode
955
956Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
957and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
958anyway.
959
960
961register *expr-register*
962--------
963@r contents of register 'r'
964
965The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
966Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +0000967register use @" or @@. See |registers| for an explanation of the available
968registers.
969
970When using the '=' register you get the expression itself, not what it
971evaluates to. Use |eval()| to evaluate it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000972
973
974nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
975-------
976(expr1) nested expression
977
978
979environment variable *expr-env*
980--------------------
981$VAR environment variable
982
983The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
984result is an empty string.
985 *expr-env-expand*
986Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
987expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
988are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
989the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
990fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
991does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
992 :echo $version
993 :echo expand("$version")
994The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
995variable (if your shell supports it).
996
997
998internal variable *expr-variable*
999-----------------
1000variable internal variable
1001See below |internal-variables|.
1002
1003
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001004function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001005-------------
1006function(expr1, ...) function call
1007See below |functions|.
1008
1009
1010==============================================================================
10113. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
1012 *E461*
1013An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
1014cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
1015|curly-braces-names|.
1016
1017An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001018An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
1019|:unlet|.
1020Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
1021been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001022
1023There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
1024specified by what is prepended:
1025
1026 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
1027|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
1028|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
1029|global-variable| g: Global.
1030|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
1031|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
1032|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
1033|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
1034
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001035The scope name by itself can be used as a |Dictionary|. For example, to
1036delete all script-local variables: >
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001037 :for k in keys(s:)
1038 : unlet s:[k]
1039 :endfor
1040<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001041 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1042A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1043Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1044This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1045|:bdelete|.
1046
1047One local buffer variable is predefined:
1048 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1049b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1050 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1051 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1052 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1053 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1054 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1055 : call My_Update()
1056 :endif
1057<
1058 *window-variable* *w:var*
1059A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1060is deleted when the window is closed.
1061
1062 *global-variable* *g:var*
1063Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1064access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1065place if you like.
1066
1067 *local-variable* *l:var*
1068Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1069But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1070
1071 *script-variable* *s:var*
1072In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1073accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1074
1075They can be used in:
1076- commands executed while the script is sourced
1077- functions defined in the script
1078- autocommands defined in the script
1079- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1080 defined in the script (recursively)
1081- user defined commands defined in the script
1082Thus not in:
1083- other scripts sourced from this one
1084- mappings
1085- etc.
1086
1087script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1088Take this example:
1089
1090 let s:counter = 0
1091 function MyCounter()
1092 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1093 echo s:counter
1094 endfunction
1095 command Tick call MyCounter()
1096
1097You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1098that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1099"Tick" was defined is used.
1100
1101Another example that does the same: >
1102
1103 let s:counter = 0
1104 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1105
1106When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001107script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001108defined.
1109
1110The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1111function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1112
1113 let s:counter = 0
1114 function StartCounting(incr)
1115 if a:incr
1116 function MyCounter()
1117 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1118 endfunction
1119 else
1120 function MyCounter()
1121 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1122 endfunction
1123 endif
1124 endfunction
1125
1126This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1127when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1128called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1129
1130When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1131They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1132maintain a counter: >
1133
1134 if !exists("s:counter")
1135 let s:counter = 1
1136 echo "script executed for the first time"
1137 else
1138 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1139 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1140 endif
1141
1142Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1143variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1144
1145
1146Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1147
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001148 *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
1149v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
1150 This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
1151 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1152
1153 *v:beval_bufnr* *beval_bufnr-variable*
1154v:beval_bufnr The number of the buffer, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1155 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1156
1157 *v:beval_lnum* *beval_lnum-variable*
1158v:beval_lnum The number of the line, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1159 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1160
1161 *v:beval_text* *beval_text-variable*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001162v:beval_text The text under or after the mouse pointer. Usually a word as
1163 it is useful for debugging a C program. 'iskeyword' applies,
1164 but a dot and "->" before the position is included. When on a
1165 ']' the text before it is used, including the matching '[' and
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001166 word before it. When on a Visual area within one line the
1167 highlighted text is used.
1168 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1169
1170 *v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
1171v:beval_winnr The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1172 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1173
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001174 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1175v:charconvert_from
1176 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1177 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1178
1179 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1180v:charconvert_to
1181 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1182 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1183
1184 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1185v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1186 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1187 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1188 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1189 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1190 possible to append this variable directly after the
1191 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1192 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1193 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1194 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1195 in 'printexpr'.
1196
1197 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1198v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1199 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1200 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1201 can be used.
1202
1203 *v:count* *count-variable*
1204v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1205 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1206 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1207< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1208 get when typing ':' after a count.
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00001209 Also used for evaluating the 'formatexpr' option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001210 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1211
1212 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1213v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1214 used.
1215
1216 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1217v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1218 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1219 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1220 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1221 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1222 command.
1223 See |multi-lang|.
1224
1225 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1226v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1227 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1228 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1229 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1230 Example: >
1231 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1232<
1233 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1234v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1235 Example: >
1236 :let v:errmsg = ""
1237 :silent! next
1238 :if v:errmsg != ""
1239 : ... handle error
1240< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1241
1242 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1243v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1244 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1245 Example: >
1246 :try
1247 : throw "oops"
1248 :catch /.*/
1249 : echo "caught" v:exception
1250 :endtry
1251< Output: "caught oops".
1252
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001253 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1254v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1255 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1256 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1257 deleted file no longer exists
1258 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1259 changed and buffer is modified
1260 changed file contents has changed
1261 mode mode of file changed
1262 time only file timestamp changed
1263
1264 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1265v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1266 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1267 do with the affected buffer:
1268 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1269 the file was deleted).
1270 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1271 was no autocommand. Except that when
1272 only the timestamp changed nothing
1273 will happen.
1274 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1275 everything that needs to be done.
1276 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1277 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1278
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001279 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
Bram Moolenaar4e330bb2005-12-07 21:04:31 +00001280v:fname_in The name of the input file. Valid while evaluating:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001281 option used for ~
1282 'charconvert' file to be converted
1283 'diffexpr' original file
1284 'patchexpr' original file
1285 'printexpr' file to be printed
Bram Moolenaar2c7a29c2005-12-12 22:02:31 +00001286 And set to the swap file name for |SwapExists|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001287
1288 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1289v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1290 evaluating:
1291 option used for ~
1292 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1293 'diffexpr' output of diff
1294 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1295 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1296 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1297 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1298 file and different from v:fname_in.
1299
1300 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1301v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1302 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1303
1304 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1305v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1306 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1307
1308 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1309v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1310 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001311 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001312
1313 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1314v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001315 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001316
1317 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1318v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001319 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001320
1321 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1322v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001323 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001324
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001325 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1326v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1327 events. Values:
1328 i Insert mode
1329 r Replace mode
1330 v Virtual Replace mode
1331
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001332 *v:key* *key-variable*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001333v:key Key of the current item of a |Dictionary|. Only valid while
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001334 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1335 Read-only.
1336
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001337 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1338v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1339 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1340 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1341 The value is system dependent.
1342 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1343 command.
1344 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1345 in a different language than what is used for character
1346 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1347
1348 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1349v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1350 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1351 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1352 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1353 command. See |multi-lang|.
1354
1355 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001356v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
Bram Moolenaar5c8837f2006-02-25 21:52:33 +00001357 expressions, tab page number for 'guitablabel'. Only valid
1358 while one of these expressions is being evaluated. Read-only
1359 when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001360
1361 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1362v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1363 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1364 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1365 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1366< Read-only.
1367
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001368 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1369v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1370 See |profiling|.
1371
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1373v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1374 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1375 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1376 Read-only.
1377
1378 *v:register* *register-variable*
1379v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1380 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1381
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00001382 *v:scrollstart* *scrollstart-variable*
1383v:scrollstart String describing the script or function that caused the
1384 screen to scroll up. It's only set when it is empty, thus the
1385 first reason is remembered. It is set to "Unknown" for a
1386 typed command.
1387 This can be used to find out why your script causes the
1388 hit-enter prompt.
1389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001390 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1391v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1392 Read-only.
1393
1394 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1395v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1396 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1397 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1398 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1399 executed. Read-only.
1400 Example: >
1401 :!mv foo bar
1402 :if v:shell_error
1403 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1404 :endif
1405< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1406
1407 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1408v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1409
Bram Moolenaar4e330bb2005-12-07 21:04:31 +00001410 *v:swapname* *swapname-variable*
1411v:swapname Only valid when executing |SwapExists| autocommands: Name of
1412 the swap file found. Read-only.
1413
1414 *v:swapchoice* *swapchoice-variable*
1415v:swapchoice |SwapExists| autocommands can set this to the selected choice
1416 for handling an existing swap file:
1417 'o' Open read-only
1418 'e' Edit anyway
1419 'r' Recover
1420 'd' Delete swapfile
1421 'q' Quit
1422 'a' Abort
1423 The value should be a single-character string. An empty value
1424 results in the user being asked, as would happen when there is
1425 no SwapExists autocommand. The default is empty.
1426
Bram Moolenaarb3480382005-12-11 21:33:32 +00001427 *v:swapcommand* *swapcommand-variable*
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00001428v:swapcommand Normal mode command to be executed after a file has been
Bram Moolenaarb3480382005-12-11 21:33:32 +00001429 opened. Can be used for a |SwapExists| autocommand to have
1430 another Vim open the file and jump to the right place. For
1431 example, when jumping to a tag the value is ":tag tagname\r".
1432
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001433 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1434v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1435 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1436 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1437 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1438 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1439 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1440 terminal.
1441 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1442 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1443 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1444 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1445 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1446
1447 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1448v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1449 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1450 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1451 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1452
1453 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1454v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1455 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1456 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1457 Example: >
1458 :try
1459 : throw "oops"
1460 :catch /.*/
1461 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1462 :endtry
1463< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1464
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001465 *v:val* *val-variable*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001466v:val Value of the current item of a |List| or |Dictionary|. Only
1467 valid while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001468 |filter()|. Read-only.
1469
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001470 *v:version* *version-variable*
1471v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1472 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1473 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1474 compatibility.
1475 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1476 if has("patch123")
1477< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1478 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1479 completely different.
1480
1481 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1482v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1483
1484==============================================================================
14854. Builtin Functions *functions*
1486
1487See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1488
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001489(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001490
1491USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1492
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001493add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to |List| {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001494append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001495append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001496argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001497argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001498argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1499browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1500 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001501browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001502bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001503buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1504bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001505bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1506bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1507bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1508byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001509byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001510call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1511 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001512char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001513cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001514col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00001515complete_add( {expr}) Number add completion match
1516complete_check() Number check for key typed during completion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001517confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1518 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001519copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001520count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1521 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001522cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1523 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001524cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1525deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001526delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1527did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001528diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1529diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001530empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001531escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001532eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001533eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001534executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1535exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1536expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1537filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001538filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1539 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001540finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1541 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001542findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001543 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001544filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1545fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001546foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1547foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001548foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001549foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001551function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001552get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001553get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00001554getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
1555 List lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001556getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1557getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001558getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1559getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1560getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00001561getcmdtype() String return the current command-line type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001562getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001563getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1564getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001565getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001566getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001567getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001568getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1569getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaar17c7c012006-01-26 22:25:15 +00001570getloclist({nr}) List list of location list items
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00001571getqflist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001572getreg( [{regname} [, 1]]) String contents of register
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001573getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001574getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1575getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1576getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1577glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1578globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1579has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001580has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001581hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1582histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1583histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1584histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1585histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1586hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1587hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1588hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001589iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1590indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001591index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1592 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00001593input( {prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])
1594 String get input from the user
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001595inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001596inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1597inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001599insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001600isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001601islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001602items( {dict}) List key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001603join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001604keys( {dict}) List keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001605len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1606libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1608line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1609line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001610lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001611localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001612map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1614mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001615match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001617matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001618 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001619matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1620 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001621matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1622 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001623max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1624min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001625mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1626 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001627mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1629nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1630prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00001631printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...) String format text
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00001632pumvisible() Number whether popup menu is visible
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001633range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1634 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001635readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1636 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001637remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1638 String send expression
1639remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1640remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1641 Number check for reply string
1642remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1643remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1644 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001645remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001646remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001647rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1648repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1649resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001650reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001651search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00001652searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
1653 Number search for variable declaration
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001654searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001655 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00001656searchpairpos( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
1657 List search for other end of start/end pair
1658searchpos( {pattern} [, {flags}])
1659 List search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1661 Number send reply string
1662serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1663setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1664setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1665setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaar17c7c012006-01-26 22:25:15 +00001666setloclist( {nr}, {list}[, {action}])
1667 Number modify location list using {list}
1668setqflist( {list}[, {action}]) Number modify quickfix list using {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001669setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001670setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001671simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001672sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001673soundfold( {word}) String sound-fold {word}
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00001674spellbadword() String badly spelled word at cursor
Bram Moolenaarc54b8a72005-09-30 21:20:29 +00001675spellsuggest( {word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
1676 List spelling suggestions
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001677split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001678 List make |List| from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001680stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1681 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001682string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001683strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1684strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1685 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001686strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1687 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001688strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001689submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001690substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1691 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001692synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001693synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1694 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1695synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001696system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00001697tabpagebuflist( [{arg}]) List list of buffer numbers in tab page
1698tabpagenr( [{arg}]) Number number of current or last tab page
1699tabpagewinnr( {tabarg}[, {arg}])
1700 Number number of current window in tab page
1701taglist( {expr}) List list of tags matching {expr}
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00001702tagfiles() List tags files used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001703tempname() String name for a temporary file
1704tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1705toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001706tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1707 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001708type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001709values( {dict}) List values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001710virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1711visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1712winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1713wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1714winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1715winline() Number window line of the cursor
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00001716winnr( [{expr}]) Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001717winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001719writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1720 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001721
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001722add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001723 Append the item {expr} to |List| {list}. Returns the
1724 resulting |List|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001725 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1726 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001727< Note that when {expr} is a |List| it is appended as a single
1728 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate |List|s.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001729 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001730
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001731
1732append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001733 When {expr} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a
1734 text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001735 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1736 the current buffer.
1737 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001738 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1739 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001740 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001741 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001742<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001743 *argc()*
1744argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1745 current window. See |arglist|.
1746
1747 *argidx()*
1748argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1749 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1750
1751 *argv()*
1752argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1753 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1754 Example: >
1755 :let i = 0
1756 :while i < argc()
1757 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1758 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1759 : let i = i + 1
1760 :endwhile
1761<
1762 *browse()*
1763browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1764 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1765 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1766 The input fields are:
1767 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1768 {title} title for the requester
1769 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1770 {default} default file name
1771 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1772 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1773
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001774 *browsedir()*
1775browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1776 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1777 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1778 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1779 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1780 to be used.
1781 The input fields are:
1782 {title} title for the requester
1783 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1784 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1785 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1786
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001787bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1788 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1789 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001790 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001792 exactly. The name can be:
1793 - Relative to the current directory.
1794 - A full path.
1795 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1796 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001797 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1798 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1799 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1800 long name to be able to find them.
1801 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1802 file name.
1803 *buffer_exists()*
1804 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1805
1806buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1807 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1808 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001809 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001810
1811bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1812 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1813 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001814 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001815
1816bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1817 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1818 ":ls" command.
1819 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1820 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1821 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1822 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1823 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1824 match an empty string is returned.
1825 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1826 alternate buffer.
1827 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1828 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1829 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1830 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1831 buffers are searched for.
1832 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1833 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1834 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1835< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1836 string is returned. >
1837 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1838 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1839 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1840 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1841< *buffer_name()*
1842 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1843
1844 *bufnr()*
1845bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1846 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1847 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1848 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1849 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1850< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1851 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1852 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1853 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1854 *buffer_number()*
1855 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1856 *last_buffer_nr()*
1857 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1858
1859bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1860 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1861 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1862 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1863 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1864
1865 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1866
1867< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1868 |:wincmd|.
1869
1870
1871byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1872 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1873 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1874 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1875 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1876 one.
1877 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1878 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1879 feature}
1880
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001881byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1882 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1883 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1884 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1885 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1886 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1887 Example : >
1888 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1889< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1890 same: >
1891 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1892 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1893< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1894 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1895 is returned.
1896
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001897call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001898 Call function {func} with the items in |List| {arglist} as
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001899 arguments.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00001900 {func} can either be a |Funcref| or the name of a function.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001901 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1902 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001903 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1904 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001905
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001906char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1907 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1908 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1909 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1910< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
Bram Moolenaar98692072006-02-04 00:57:42 +00001911 char2nr("?") returns 225
1912 char2nr("?"[0]) returns 195
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001913< nr2char() does the opposite.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001914
1915cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1916 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1917 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1918 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1919 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1920 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1921 feature, -1 is returned.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00001922 See |C-indenting|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001923
1924 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001925col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1927 . the cursor position
1928 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1929 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1930 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1931 returned)
1932 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1933 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1934 Examples: >
1935 col(".") column of cursor
1936 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1937 col("'t") column of mark t
1938 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1939< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1940 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1941 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1942 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1943 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1944 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1945 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1946 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1947<
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00001948
1949complete_add({expr}) *complete_add()*
1950 Add {expr} to the list of matches. Only to be used by the
1951 function specified with the 'completefunc' option.
1952 Returns 0 for failure (empty string or out of memory),
1953 1 when the match was added, 2 when the match was already in
1954 the list.
1955
1956complete_check() *complete_check()*
1957 Check for a key typed while looking for completion matches.
1958 This is to be used when looking for matches takes some time.
1959 Returns non-zero when searching for matches is to be aborted,
1960 zero otherwise.
1961 Only to be used by the function specified with the
1962 'completefunc' option.
1963
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001964 *confirm()*
1965confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1966 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1967 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1968 choice this is 1.
1969 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1970 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1971 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1972 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1973 used (and translated).
1974 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1975 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1976 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1977 by '\n', e.g. >
1978 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1979< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1980 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1981 not need to be the first letter: >
1982 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1983< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1984 the default shortcut key.
1985 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1986 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1987 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1988 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1989 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1990 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1991 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1992 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1993 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1994 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1995 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1996
1997 An example: >
1998 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1999 :if choice == 0
2000 : echo "make up your mind!"
2001 :elseif choice == 3
2002 : echo "tasteful"
2003 :else
2004 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
2005 :endif
2006< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
2007 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
2008 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
2009 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
2010 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
2011 the horizontal layout is always used.
2012
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002013 *copy()*
2014copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
2015 different from using {expr} directly.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002016 When {expr} is a |List| a shallow copy is created. This means
2017 that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002018 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002019 changing an item changes the contents of both |List|s. Also
2020 see |deepcopy()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002021
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002022count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002023 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002024 in |List| or |Dictionary| {comp}.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002025 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002026 {start} can only be used with a |List|.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002027 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
2028
2029
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030 *cscope_connection()*
2031cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
2032 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
2033 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
2034 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
2035 if there are no cscope connections;
2036 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
2037
2038 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
2039 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
2040
2041 {num} Description of existence check
2042 ----- ------------------------------
2043 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
2044 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
2045 {dbpath}.
2046 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
2047 {dbpath}.
2048 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
2049 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
2050 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
2051 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
2052
2053 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
2054
2055 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
2056
2057 # pid database name prepend path
2058 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
2059<
2060 Invocation Return Val ~
2061 ---------- ---------- >
2062 cscope_connection() 1
2063 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
2064 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
2065 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
2066 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
2067 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
2068 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
2069 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
2070<
2071cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
2072 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
Bram Moolenaar6f16eb82005-08-23 21:02:42 +00002073 The first column is one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002074 Does not change the jumplist.
2075 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2076 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
2077 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
Bram Moolenaar6f16eb82005-08-23 21:02:42 +00002078 If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002079 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
2080 line.
2081 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
2082
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002083
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002084deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002085 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
2086 different from using {expr} directly.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002087 When {expr} is a |List| a full copy is created. This means
2088 that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
2089 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a |List|, a copy for it
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002090 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002091 not change the contents of the original |List|.
2092 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained |List| or
2093 |Dictionary| is only copied once. All references point to
2094 this single copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a
2095 |List| or |Dictionary| results in a new copy. This also means
2096 that a cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00002097 *E724*
2098 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002099 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
2100 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002101 Also see |copy()|.
2102
2103delete({fname}) *delete()*
2104 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002105 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
2106 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002107 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a |List|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108
2109 *did_filetype()*
2110did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
2111 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
2112 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
2113 that detect the file type. |FileType|
2114 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
2115 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
2116 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
2117 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
2118 file.
2119
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00002120diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
2121 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
2122 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
2123 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
2124 display but don't exist in the buffer.
2125 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2126 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2127 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
2128
2129diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
2130 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
2131 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
2132 diff change zero is returned.
2133 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2134 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2135 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
2136 line.
2137 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
2138 syntax information about the highlighting.
2139
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002140empty({expr}) *empty()*
2141 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002142 A |List| or |Dictionary| is empty when it does not have any
2143 items. A Number is empty when its value is zero.
2144 For a long |List| this is much faster then comparing the
2145 length with zero.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002146
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002147escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2148 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2149 backslash. Example: >
2150 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2151< results in: >
2152 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002153
2154< *eval()*
2155eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2156 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2157 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002158 Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing functions.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002159
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002160eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2161 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2162 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2163 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2164 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2165
2166executable({expr}) *executable()*
2167 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2168 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002169 arguments.
2170 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2171 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2172 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2173 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2174 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2175 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2176 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2177 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2178 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2179 extension.
2180 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2181 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002182 The result is a Number:
2183 1 exists
2184 0 does not exist
2185 -1 not implemented on this system
2186
2187 *exists()*
2188exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2189 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2190 which contains one of these:
2191 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2192 not if it really works)
2193 +option-name Vim option that works.
2194 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2195 done by comparing with an empty
2196 string)
2197 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2198 or user defined function (see
2199 |user-functions|).
2200 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002201 |internal-variables|). Also works
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002202 for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
2203 entries, |List| items, etc. Beware
2204 that this may cause functions to be
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002205 invoked cause an error message for an
2206 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002207 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2208 command or command modifier |:command|.
2209 Returns:
2210 1 for match with start of a command
2211 2 full match with a command
2212 3 matches several user commands
2213 To check for a supported command
2214 always check the return value to be 2.
2215 #event autocommand defined for this event
2216 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2217 pattern (the pattern is taken
2218 literally and compared to the
2219 autocommand patterns character by
2220 character)
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002221 #group autocommand group exists
2222 #group#event autocommand defined for this group and
2223 event.
2224 #group#event#pattern
2225 autocommand defined for this group,
2226 event and pattern.
Bram Moolenaarf4cd3e82005-12-22 22:47:02 +00002227 ##event autocommand for this event is
2228 supported.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002229 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2230
2231 Examples: >
2232 exists("&shortname")
2233 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2234 exists("*strftime")
2235 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2236 exists("bufcount")
2237 exists(":Make")
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002238 exists("#CursorHold")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002239 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002240 exists("#filetypeindent")
2241 exists("#filetypeindent#FileType")
2242 exists("#filetypeindent#FileType#*")
Bram Moolenaarf4cd3e82005-12-22 22:47:02 +00002243 exists("##ColorScheme")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002244< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2245 name.
2246 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2247 variable itself! For example: >
2248 exists(bufcount)
2249< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2250 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2251 exists.
2252
2253expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2254 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2255 The result is a String.
2256
2257 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2258 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2259 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2260
2261 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2262 for a non-existing file is not included.
2263
2264 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2265 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2266 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2267
2268 % current file name
2269 # alternate file name
2270 #n alternate file name n
2271 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2272 <afile> autocmd file name
2273 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2274 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2275 <sfile> sourced script file name
2276 <cword> word under the cursor
2277 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2278 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2279 message |server2client()|
2280 Modifiers:
2281 :p expand to full path
2282 :h head (last path component removed)
2283 :t tail (last path component only)
2284 :r root (one extension removed)
2285 :e extension only
2286
2287 Example: >
2288 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2289< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2290 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2291 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2292< Use this: >
2293 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2294< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2295 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2296 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2297 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2298 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2299<
2300 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2301 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2302 to modify normal file names.
2303
2304 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2305 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2306 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2307 '/' added.
2308
2309 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2310 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2311 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2312 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002313 non-existing files are included. The "**" item can be used to
2314 search in a directory tree. For example, to find all "README"
2315 files in the current directory and below: >
2316 :echo expand("**/README")
2317<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002318 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2319 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2320 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2321 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2322 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2323 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2324 "$FOOBAR".
2325
2326 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2327 getting the raw output of an external command.
2328
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002329extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002330 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both |List|s or both Dictionaries.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002331
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002332 If they are |List|s: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002333 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2334 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2335 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2336 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002337 Examples: >
2338 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2339 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002340< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2341 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002342 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002343<
2344 If they are Dictionaries:
2345 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2346 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2347 used to decide what to do:
2348 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2349 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002350 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002351 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2352
2353 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2354 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2355 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2356 Returns {expr1}.
2357
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002358
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002359filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2360 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2361 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2362 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2363 expression, which is used as a String.
2364 *file_readable()*
2365 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2366
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002367
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002368filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002369 {expr} must be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002370 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002371 is zero remove the item from the |List| or |Dictionary|.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002372 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002373 For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key of the current item.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002374 Examples: >
2375 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2376< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2377 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2378< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2379 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002380< Removes all the items, thus clears the |List| or |Dictionary|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002381
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002382 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2383 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2384 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2385
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002386 The operation is done in-place. If you want a |List| or
2387 |Dictionary| to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaarafeb4fa2006-02-01 21:51:12 +00002388 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), 'v:val =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002389
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002390< Returns {expr}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00002391 When an error is encountered while evaluating {string} no
2392 further items in {expr} are processed.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002393
2394
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002395finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2396 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2397 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2398 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2399 {name} in {path}.
2400 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2401 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2402 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2403 Example: >
2404 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2405< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2406 the file "tags.vim".
2407 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2408
2409findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2410 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2411
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002412filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2413 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2414 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2415 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2416 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2417
2418fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2419 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2420 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2421 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2422 Example: >
2423 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2424< results in: >
2425 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2426< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2427 |expand()| first then.
2428
2429foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2430 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2431 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2432 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2433
2434foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2435 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2436 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2437 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2438
2439foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2440 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2441 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2442 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2443 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2444 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2445 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2446 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2447 previous line is usually available.
2448
2449 *foldtext()*
2450foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2451 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2452 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2453 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2454 The returned string looks like this: >
2455 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2456< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2457 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2458 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2459 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2460 options is removed.
2461 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2462
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002463foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2464 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2465 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2466 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2467 returned.
2468 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2469 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2470 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2471 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2472
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473 *foreground()*
2474foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2475 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2476 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2477 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2478 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2479 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2480 Win32 console version}
2481
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002482
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002483function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002484 Return a |Funcref| variable that refers to function {name}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002485 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2486
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002487
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002488garbagecollect() *garbagecollect()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002489 Cleanup unused |List|s and Dictionaries that have circular
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002490 references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
2491 function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
2492 memory or is waiting for the user to press a key after
2493 'updatetime'. Items without circular references are always
2494 freed when they become unused.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002495 This is useful if you have deleted a very big |List| and/or
2496 |Dictionary| with circular references in a script that runs
2497 for a long time.
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002498
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002499get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002500 Get item {idx} from |List| {list}. When this item is not
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002501 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2502 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002503get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002504 Get item with key {key} from |Dictionary| {dict}. When this
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002505 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2506 {default} is omitted.
2507
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002508 *getbufline()*
2509getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002510 Return a |List| with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
2511 (inclusive) in the buffer {expr}. If {end} is omitted, a
2512 |List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002513
2514 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2515
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002516 For {lnum} and {end} "$" can be used for the last line of the
2517 buffer. Otherwise a number must be used.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002518
2519 When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002520 lines in the buffer, an empty |List| is returned.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002521
2522 When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2523 it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002524 buffer. When {end} is before {lnum} an empty |List| is
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002525 returned.
2526
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002527 This function works only for loaded buffers. For unloaded and
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002528 non-existing buffers, an empty |List| is returned.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002529
2530 Example: >
2531 :let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002532
2533getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2534 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2535 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2536 must be used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002537 This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
2538 doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
2539 window-local option.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002540 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2541 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2542 returned, there is no error message.
2543 Examples: >
2544 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2545 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2546<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002547getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2548 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2549 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2550 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2551 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2552 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2553 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2554 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2555 not consumed. If a normal character is
2556 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2557 non-zero value is returned.
2558 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2559 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2560 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2561 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2562 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2563 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2564 user that a character has to be typed.
2565 There is no mapping for the character.
2566 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2567 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2568 sequence. Examples: >
2569 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2570 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2571< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2572 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2573 :function FindChar()
2574 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2575 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2576 : normal l
2577 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2578 : break
2579 : endif
2580 : endwhile
2581 :endfunction
2582
2583getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2584 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2585 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2586 These values are added together:
2587 2 shift
2588 4 control
2589 8 alt (meta)
2590 16 mouse double click
2591 32 mouse triple click
2592 64 mouse quadruple click
2593 128 Macintosh only: command
2594 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2595 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2596 with no modifier.
2597
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2599 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2600 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2601 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2602 Example: >
2603 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002604< Also see |getcmdtype()|, |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002605
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002606getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2608 byte count. The first column is 1.
2609 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2610 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002611 Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2612
2613getcmdtype() *getcmdtype()*
2614 Return the current command-line type. Possible return values
2615 are:
Bram Moolenaar1e015462005-09-25 22:16:38 +00002616 : normal Ex command
2617 > debug mode command |debug-mode|
2618 / forward search command
2619 ? backward search command
2620 @ |input()| command
2621 - |:insert| or |:append| command
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00002622 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2623 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns an empty string
2624 otherwise.
2625 Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626
2627 *getcwd()*
2628getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2629 working directory.
2630
2631getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2632 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2633 given file {fname}.
2634 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2635 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2636
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002637getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2638 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2639 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2640 |hl-Normal|.
2641 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2642 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2643 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2644 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2645 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2646 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2647 for a valid name does not work.
2648 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2649 function just after the GUI has started.
2650
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002651getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2652 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2653 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2654 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2655 empty string is returned.
2656 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2657 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2658 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2659 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2660 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2661 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2662< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2663 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00002664
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2666 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2667 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2668 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2669 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2670 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2671
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002672getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2673 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2674 file of the given file {fname}.
2675 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2676 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2677 results:
2678 Normal file "file"
2679 Directory "dir"
2680 Symbolic link "link"
2681 Block device "bdev"
2682 Character device "cdev"
2683 Socket "socket"
2684 FIFO "fifo"
2685 All other "other"
2686 Example: >
2687 getftype("/home")
2688< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2689 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2690 "file" are returned.
2691
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002693getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2694 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2695 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002696 getline(1)
2697< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2698 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2699 To get the line under the cursor: >
2700 getline(".")
2701< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2702 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2703
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002704 When {end} is given the result is a |List| where each item is
2705 a line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002706 including line {end}.
2707 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2708 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002709 When {end} is before {lnum} an empty |List| is returned.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002710 Example: >
2711 :let start = line('.')
2712 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2713 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2714
Bram Moolenaar17c7c012006-01-26 22:25:15 +00002715getloclist({nr}) *getloclist()*
2716 Returns a list with all the entries in the location list for
2717 window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
2718 For a location list window, the displayed location list is
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00002719 returned. For an invalid window number {nr}, an empty list is
2720 returned. Otherwise, same as getqflist().
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002721
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002722getqflist() *getqflist()*
2723 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2724 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2725 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2726 bufname() to get the name
2727 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2728 col column number (first column is 1)
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00002729 vcol non-zero: "col" is visual column
2730 zero: "col" is byte index
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002731 nr error number
2732 text description of the error
2733 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2734 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2735
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00002736 When there is no error list or it's empty an empty list is
2737 returned.
2738
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002739 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2740 do something with them: >
2741 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2742 :for d in getqflist()
2743 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2744 :endfor
2745
2746
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002747getreg([{regname} [, 1]]) *getreg()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002749 {regname}. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002750 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2751< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002752 register. (For use in maps.)
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002753 getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
2754 be restored with |setreg()|. For other registers the extra
2755 argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002756 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2757
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002758
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002759getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2760 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2761 The value will be one of:
2762 "v" for |characterwise| text
2763 "V" for |linewise| text
2764 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2765 0 for an empty or unknown register
2766 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2767 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2768
2769 *getwinposx()*
2770getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2771 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2772 -1 if the information is not available.
2773
2774 *getwinposy()*
2775getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2776 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2777 information is not available.
2778
2779getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2780 The result is the value of option or local window variable
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00002781 {varname} in window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current
2782 window is used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002783 This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
2784 window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
2785 or buffer-local variable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002786 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2787 Examples: >
2788 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2789 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2790<
2791 *glob()*
2792glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2793 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2794 characters.
2795 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2796 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2797
2798 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2799 any external command. Example: >
2800 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2801 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2802< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2803 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2804
2805 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2806 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2807
2808globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2809 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2810 the results. Example: >
2811 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2812< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2813 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2814 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2815 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2816 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2817 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2818 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2819 error message.
2820 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2821 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2822
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002823 The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
2824 For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
2825 in 'runtimepath' and below: >
2826 :echo globpath(&rtp, "**/README.txt")
2827<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002828 *has()*
2829has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2830 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2831 string. See |feature-list| below.
2832 Also see |exists()|.
2833
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002834
2835has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002836 The result is a Number, which is 1 if |Dictionary| {dict} has
2837 an entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002838
2839
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002840hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2841 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2842 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2843 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2844 {mode}.
2845 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2846 buffer are checked for a match.
2847 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2848 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2849 n Normal mode
2850 v Visual mode
2851 o Operator-pending mode
2852 i Insert mode
2853 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2854 c Command-line mode
2855 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2856
2857 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2858 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2859 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2860 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2861 :endif
2862< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2863 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2864
2865histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2866 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2867 one of: *hist-names*
2868 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2869 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2870 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2871 "input" or "@" input line history
2872 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2873 shifted to become the newest entry.
2874 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2875 otherwise 0 is returned.
2876
2877 Example: >
2878 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2879 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2880< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2881
2882histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002883 Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002884 for the possible values of {history}.
2885
2886 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2887 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2888 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2889 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2890 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2891 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2892 if it exists.
2893
2894 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2895 otherwise 0 is returned.
2896
2897 Examples:
2898 Clear expression register history: >
2899 :call histdel("expr")
2900<
2901 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2902 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2903<
2904 The following three are equivalent: >
2905 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2906 :call histdel("search", -1)
2907 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2908<
2909 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2910 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2911 :call histdel("search", -1)
2912 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2913
2914histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2915 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2916 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2917 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2918 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2919 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2920
2921 Examples:
2922 Redo the second last search from history. >
2923 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2924
2925< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2926 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2927 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2928<
2929histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2930 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2931 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2932 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2933
2934 Example: >
2935 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2936<
2937hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2938 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2939 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2940 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2941 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2942 item.
2943 *highlight_exists()*
2944 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2945
2946 *hlID()*
2947hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2948 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2949 zero is returned.
2950 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2951 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2952 "Comment" group: >
2953 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2954< *highlightID()*
2955 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2956
2957hostname() *hostname()*
2958 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002959 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002960 256 characters long are truncated.
2961
2962iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2963 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2964 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2965 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2966 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2967 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2968 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2969 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2970 can be done.
2971 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2972 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2973 UTF-8 and use: >
2974 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2975< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2976 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2977 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2978 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2979
2980 *indent()*
2981indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2982 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2983 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2984 |getline()|.
2985 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2986
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002987
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002988index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00002989 Return the lowest index in |List| {list} where the item has a
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002990 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002991 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2992 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002993 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2994 case must match.
2995 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2996 Example: >
2997 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002998 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002999
3000
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003001input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]]) *input()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003002 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
3003 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
3004 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003005 prompt to start a new line.
3006 The highlighting set with |:echohl| is used for the prompt.
3007 The input is entered just like a command-line, with the same
3008 editing commands and mappings. There is a separate history
3009 for lines typed for input().
3010 Example: >
3011 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
3012 : echo "Cheers!"
3013 :endif
3014<
Bram Moolenaar1e015462005-09-25 22:16:38 +00003015 If the optional {text} is present and not empty, this is used
3016 for the default reply, as if the user typed this. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003017 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
3018
3019< The optional {completion} argument specifies the type of
3020 completion supported for the input. Without it completion is
3021 not performed. The supported completion types are the same as
3022 that can be supplied to a user-defined command using the
3023 "-complete=" argument. Refer to |:command-completion| for
3024 more information. Example: >
3025 let fname = input("File: ", "", "file")
3026<
3027 NOTE: This function must not be used in a startup file, for
3028 the versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
3030 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
3031 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
3032 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
3033 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
3034 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
3035 |:execute| or |:normal|.
3036
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003037 Example with a mapping: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003038 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
3039 :function GetFoo()
3040 : call inputsave()
3041 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
3042 : call inputrestore()
3043 :endfunction
3044
3045inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
3046 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
3047 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
3048 Example: >
3049 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
3050 :if n != ""
3051 : let &sw = n
3052 :endif
3053< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
3054 omitted an empty string is returned.
3055 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
3056 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003057 NOTE: Command-line completion is not supported.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003058
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00003059inputlist({textlist}) *inputlist()*
3060 {textlist} must be a list of strings. This list is displayed,
3061 one string per line. The user will be prompted to enter a
3062 number, which is returned.
3063 The user can also select an item by clicking on it with the
3064 mouse. For the first string 0 is returned. When clicking
3065 above the first item a negative number is returned. When
3066 clicking on the prompt one more than the length of {textlist}
3067 is returned.
3068 Make sure {textlist} has less then 'lines' entries, otherwise
3069 it won't work. It's a good idea to put the entry number at
3070 the start of the string. Example: >
3071 let color = inputlist(['Select color:', '1. red',
3072 \ '2. green', '3. blue'])
3073
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003074inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
3075 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
3076 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
3077 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
3078 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
3079
3080inputsave() *inputsave()*
3081 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
3082 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
3083 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
3084 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
3085 many inputrestore() calls.
3086 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
3087
3088inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
3089 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
3090 two exceptions:
3091 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
3092 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
3093 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
3094 |history| stack.
3095 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
3096 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00003097 NOTE: Command-line completion is not supported.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003098
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003099insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003100 Insert {item} at the start of |List| {list}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003101 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
3102 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
3103 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
3104 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003105 Returns the resulting |List|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003106 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
3107 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
3108 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003109< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003110 Note that when {item} is a |List| it is inserted as a single
3111 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate |List|s.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003112
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003113isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
3114 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
3115 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
3116 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
3117 is any expression, which is used as a String.
3118
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00003119islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
3120 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
3121 name of a locked variable.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003122 {expr} must be the name of a variable, |List| item or
3123 |Dictionary| entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00003124 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
3125 :lockvar 1 alist
3126 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
3127 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
3128
3129< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
3130 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
3131
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003132items({dict}) *items()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003133 Return a |List| with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
3134 |List| item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict}
3135 entry and the value of this entry. The |List| is in arbitrary
3136 order.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003137
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003138
3139join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
3140 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
3141 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
3142 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
3143 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
3144 add it there too: >
3145 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003146< String items are used as-is. |List|s and Dictionaries are
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003147 converted into a string like with |string()|.
3148 The opposite function is |split()|.
3149
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003150keys({dict}) *keys()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003151 Return a |List| with all the keys of {dict}. The |List| is in
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003152 arbitrary order.
3153
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003154 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003155len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
3156 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
3157 used, as with |strlen()|.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003158 When {expr} is a |List| the number of items in the |List| is
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003159 returned.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003160 When {expr} is a |Dictionary| the number of entries in the
3161 |Dictionary| is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003162 Otherwise an error is given.
3163
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003164 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
3165libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3166 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
3167 with single argument {argument}.
3168 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
3169 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
3170 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
3171 limited.
3172 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
3173 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
3174 to Vim.
3175 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
3176 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
3177 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
3178 null-terminated string.
3179 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3180
3181 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
3182 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3183 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3184 very probably crash.
3185
3186 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3187 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3188 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3189 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3190 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3191 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3192 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3193 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3194 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3195 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3196
3197 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3198 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3199 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3200 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3201 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3202 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3203 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3204 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3205 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3206 feature is present}
3207 Examples: >
3208 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3209 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3210<
3211 *libcallnr()*
3212libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3213 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3214 int instead of a string.
3215 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3216 feature is present}
3217 Example (not very useful...): >
3218 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3219 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3220<
3221 *line()*
3222line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3223 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3224 . the cursor position
3225 $ the last line in the current buffer
3226 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3227 returned)
Bram Moolenaarc7453f52006-02-10 23:20:28 +00003228 w0 first line visible in current window
3229 w$ last line visible in current window
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003230 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3231 Examples: >
3232 line(".") line number of the cursor
3233 line("'t") line number of mark t
3234 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3235< *last-position-jump*
3236 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3237 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3238 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00003239
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3241 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3242 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3243 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3244 line returns 1.
3245 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3246 below the last line: >
3247 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3248< This is the file size plus one.
3249 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3250 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3251 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3252
3253lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3254 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3255 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3256 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3257 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3258 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3259 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3260
3261localtime() *localtime()*
3262 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3263 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3264
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003265
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003266map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003267 {expr} must be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003268 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3269 {string}.
3270 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003271 For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key of the current item.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003272 Example: >
3273 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003274< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003275
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003276 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003277 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003278 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3279 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003280
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003281 The operation is done in-place. If you want a |List| or
3282 |Dictionary| to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003283 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003284
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003285< Returns {expr}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00003286 When an error is encountered while evaluating {string} no
3287 further items in {expr} are processed.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003288
3289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003290maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3291 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3292 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
Bram Moolenaard12f5c12006-01-25 22:10:52 +00003293 {mode} can be one of these strings:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003294 "n" Normal
3295 "v" Visual
3296 "o" Operator-pending
3297 "i" Insert
3298 "c" Cmd-line
3299 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3300 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
Bram Moolenaard12f5c12006-01-25 22:10:52 +00003301 When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3303 command. The returned String has special characters
3304 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3305 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3306 then the global mappings.
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003307 This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
3308 mapped, and have it do the original mapping too. Sketch: >
3309 exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' . maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
3310
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003311
3312mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3313 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3314 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3315 {name}.
3316 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3317 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3318
3319 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3320 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3321 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3322 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3323 mapcheck("b") no no no
3324
3325 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3326 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3327 mapping for {name} exactly.
3328 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3329 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3330 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3331 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3332 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3333 then the global mappings.
3334 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3335 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3336 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3337 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3338 :endif
3339< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3340 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3341
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003342match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003343 When {expr} is a |List| then this returns the index of the
3344 first item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a
3345 String, |List|s and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003346 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3347 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3348 {pat} matches.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003349 A match at the first character or |List| item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003350 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3351 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003352 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3353 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3354< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003355 *strpbrk()*
3356 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3357 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3358< *strcasestr()*
3359 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3360 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3361 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3362<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003363 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003364 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3365 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003366 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003367< In a |List| the search continues in the next item.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003368
3369 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003370 {start} in a String or item {start} in a |List|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003372 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003373 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3374< result is again "4". >
3375 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3376< result is again "4". >
3377 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3378< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003379 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3380 the index is counted from the end.
3381 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003382 > len({expr} for a |List|) -1 is returned.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003383
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003384 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3385 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3386 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3387 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3388
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003389matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003390 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3391 the match. Example: >
3392 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3393< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003394 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3395 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3396 do it with matchend(): >
3397 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3398 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3399< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3400
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003401 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3402 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3403< results in "7". >
3404 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3405< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003406 When {expr} is a |List| the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003407
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003408matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003409 Same as match(), but return a |List|. The first item in the
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003410 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3411 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3412 in |:substitute|.
3413 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3414
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003415matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003416 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3417 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3418< results in "ing".
3419 When there is no match "" is returned.
3420 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3421 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3422< results in "ing". >
3423 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3424< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003425 When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item is returned.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003426 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003427
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003428 *max()*
3429max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3430 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3431 be used as a Number this results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003432 An empty |List| results in zero.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003433
3434 *min()*
3435min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3436 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3437 be used as a Number this results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003438 An empty |List| results in zero.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003439
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003440 *mkdir()* *E749*
3441mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3442 Create directory {name}.
3443 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3444 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3445 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3446 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3447 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3448 for others.
3449 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3450 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3451 :if exists("*mkdir")
3452<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003453 *mode()*
3454mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3455 n Normal
3456 v Visual by character
3457 V Visual by line
3458 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3459 s Select by character
3460 S Select by line
3461 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3462 i Insert
3463 R Replace
3464 c Command-line
3465 r Hit-enter prompt
3466 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3467 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3468
3469nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3470 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3471 that is not blank. Example: >
3472 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3473< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3474 below it, zero is returned.
3475 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3476
3477nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3478 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3479 value {expr}. Examples: >
3480 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3481 nr2char(32) returns " "
3482< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3483 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3484< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3485 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3486 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003487 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003488
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00003489prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3490 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3491 that is not blank. Example: >
3492 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3493< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3494 above it, zero is returned.
3495 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3496
3497
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003498printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...) *printf()*
3499 Return a String with {fmt}, where "%" items are replaced by
3500 the formatted form of their respective arguments. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003501 printf("%4d: E%d %.30s", lnum, errno, msg)
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003502< May result in:
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003503 " 99: E42 asdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfas" ~
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003504
3505 Often used items are:
3506 %s string
Bram Moolenaar98692072006-02-04 00:57:42 +00003507 %6s string right-aligned in 6 bytes
3508 %.9s string truncated to 9 bytes
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003509 %c single byte
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003510 %d decimal number
3511 %5d decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
3512 %x hex number
3513 %04x hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
3514 %X hex number using upper case letters
3515 %o octal number
Bram Moolenaar98692072006-02-04 00:57:42 +00003516 %% the % character itself
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003517
3518 Conversion specifications start with '%' and end with the
3519 conversion type. All other characters are copied unchanged to
3520 the result.
3521
3522 The "%" starts a conversion specification. The following
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003523 arguments appear in sequence:
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003524
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003525 % [flags] [field-width] [.precision] type
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003526
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003527 flags
3528 Zero or more of the following flags:
3529
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003530 # The value should be converted to an "alternate
3531 form". For c, d, and s conversions, this option
3532 has no effect. For o conversions, the precision
3533 of the number is increased to force the first
3534 character of the output string to a zero (except
3535 if a zero value is printed with an explicit
3536 precision of zero).
3537 For x and X conversions, a non-zero result has
3538 the string "0x" (or "0X" for X conversions)
3539 prepended to it.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003540
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003541 0 (zero) Zero padding. For all conversions the converted
3542 value is padded on the left with zeros rather
3543 than blanks. If a precision is given with a
3544 numeric conversion (d, o, x, and X), the 0 flag
3545 is ignored.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003546
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003547 - A negative field width flag; the converted value
3548 is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
3549 The converted value is padded on the right with
3550 blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or
3551 zeros. A - overrides a 0 if both are given.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003552
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003553 ' ' (space) A blank should be left before a positive
3554 number produced by a signed conversion (d).
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003555
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003556 + A sign must always be placed before a number
3557 produced by a signed conversion. A + overrides
3558 a space if both are used.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003559
3560 field-width
3561 An optional decimal digit string specifying a minimum
Bram Moolenaar98692072006-02-04 00:57:42 +00003562 field width. If the converted value has fewer bytes
3563 than the field width, it will be padded with spaces on
3564 the left (or right, if the left-adjustment flag has
3565 been given) to fill out the field width.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003566
3567 .precision
3568 An optional precision, in the form of a period '.'
3569 followed by an optional digit string. If the digit
3570 string is omitted, the precision is taken as zero.
3571 This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
3572 d, o, x, and X conversions, or the maximum number of
Bram Moolenaar98692072006-02-04 00:57:42 +00003573 bytes to be printed from a string for s conversions.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003574
3575 type
3576 A character that specifies the type of conversion to
3577 be applied, see below.
3578
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003579 A field width or precision, or both, may be indicated by an
3580 asterisk '*' instead of a digit string. In this case, a
3581 Number argument supplies the field width or precision. A
3582 negative field width is treated as a left adjustment flag
3583 followed by a positive field width; a negative precision is
3584 treated as though it were missing. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003585 :echo printf("%d: %.*s", nr, width, line)
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003586< This limits the length of the text used from "line" to
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003587 "width" bytes.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003588
3589 The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003590
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003591 doxX The Number argument is converted to signed decimal
3592 (d), unsigned octal (o), or unsigned hexadecimal (x
3593 and X) notation. The letters "abcdef" are used for
3594 x conversions; the letters "ABCDEF" are used for X
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003595 conversions.
3596 The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of
3597 digits that must appear; if the converted value
3598 requires fewer digits, it is padded on the left with
3599 zeros.
3600 In no case does a non-existent or small field width
3601 cause truncation of a numeric field; if the result of
3602 a conversion is wider than the field width, the field
3603 is expanded to contain the conversion result.
3604
3605 c The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
3606 resulting character is written.
3607
3608 s The text of the String argument is used. If a
3609 precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
3610 specified are used.
3611
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003612 % A '%' is written. No argument is converted. The
3613 complete conversion specification is "%%".
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003614
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003615 Each argument can be Number or String and is converted
3616 automatically to fit the conversion specifier. Any other
3617 argument type results in an error message.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003618
Bram Moolenaar83bab712005-08-01 21:58:57 +00003619 *E766* *E767*
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003620 The number of {exprN} arguments must exactly match the number
3621 of "%" items. If there are not sufficient or too many
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003622 arguments an error is given. Up to 18 arguments can be used.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003623
3624
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00003625pumvisible() *pumvisible()*
3626 Returns non-zero when the popup menu is visible, zero
3627 otherwise. See |ins-completion-menu|.
3628
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003629
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003630 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003631range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003632 Returns a |List| with Numbers:
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003633 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3634 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3635 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3636 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3637 producing a value past {max}).
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003638 When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
3639 empty list. When the maximum is more than one before the
3640 start this is an error.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003641 Examples: >
3642 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3643 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3644 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3645 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003646 range(0) " []
3647 range(2, 0) " error!
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003648<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003649 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003650readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003651 Read file {fname} and return a |List|, each line of the file
3652 as an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003653 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3654 NL appears somewhere).
3655 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3656 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3657 added.
3658 - No CR characters are removed.
3659 Otherwise:
3660 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3661 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3662 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003663 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3664 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3665 lines of a file: >
3666 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3667 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3668 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003669< When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
3670 are returned, or as many as there are.
3671 When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003672 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3673 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3674 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003675 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3676 the result is an empty list.
3677 Also see |writefile()|.
3678
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003679 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3680remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3681 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3682 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3683 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3684 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3685 remote_read() is stored there.
3686 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3687 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3688 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3689 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3690 and the result will be the empty string.
3691 Examples: >
3692 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3693 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3694<
3695
3696remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3697 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3698 This works like: >
3699 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3700< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3701 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3702 to bring itself to the foreground.
Bram Moolenaar9372a112005-12-06 19:59:18 +00003703 Note: This does not restore the window if it was minimized,
3704 like foreground() does.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003705 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3706 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3707 Win32 console version}
3708
3709
3710remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3711 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3712 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3713 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3714 name of a variable.
3715 Returns zero if none are available.
3716 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3717 See also |clientserver|.
3718 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3719 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3720 Examples: >
3721 :let repl = ""
3722 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3723
3724remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3725 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3726 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3727 See also |clientserver|.
3728 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3729 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3730 Example: >
3731 :echo remote_read(id)
3732<
3733 *remote_send()* *E241*
3734remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003735 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3736 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3737 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00003738 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a variable
3739 and a {serverid} for later use with remote_read() is stored
3740 there.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003741 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3742 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3743 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3744 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3745 up the display.
3746 Examples: >
3747 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3748 \ remote_read(serverid)
3749
3750 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3751 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3752 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3753 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003754<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003755remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003756 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from |List| {list} and
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003757 return it.
3758 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3759 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3760 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3761 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3762 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003763 Example: >
3764 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003765 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003766remove({dict}, {key})
3767 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3768 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3769< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3770
3771 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003772
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003773rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3774 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3775 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3776 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3777 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3778 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3779
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003780repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3781 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3782 result. Example: >
3783 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3784< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003785 When {expr} is a |List| the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003786 {count} times. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003787 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3788< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003789
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003790
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003791resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3792 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3793 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3794 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3795 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3796 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3797 stopped after 100 iterations.
3798 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3799 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3800 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3801 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3802 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3803
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003804 *reverse()*
3805reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3806 {list}.
3807 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3808 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3809
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003810search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3811 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003812 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003813 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3814 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003815 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003816 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3817 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003818 's' set the ' mark at the previous location of the
3819 cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003820 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3821
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003822 If the 's' flag is supplied, the ' mark is set, only if the
3823 cursor is moved. The 's' flag cannot be combined with the 'n'
3824 flag.
3825
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003826 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3827 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3828 flag is used).
3829 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3830 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003831
3832 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3833 :let n = 1
3834 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3835 : exe "argument " . n
3836 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3837 : " first search to find match at start of file
3838 : normal G$
3839 : let flags = "w"
3840 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3841 : s/foo/bar/g
3842 : let flags = "W"
3843 : endwhile
3844 : update " write the file if modified
3845 : let n = n + 1
3846 :endwhile
3847<
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00003848
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00003849searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]]) *searchdecl()*
3850 Search for the declaration of {name}.
3851
3852 With a non-zero {global} argument it works like |gD|, find
3853 first match in the file. Otherwise it works like |gd|, find
3854 first match in the function.
3855
3856 With a non-zero {thisblock} argument matches in a {} block
3857 that ends before the cursor position are ignored. Avoids
3858 finding variable declarations only valid in another scope.
3859
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00003860 Moves the cursor to the found match.
3861 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3862 Example: >
3863 if searchdecl('myvar') == 0
3864 echo getline('.')
3865 endif
3866<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003867 *searchpair()*
3868searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3869 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3870 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3871 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00003872 The search starts at the cursor. The default is to search
3873 forward, include 'b' in {flags} to search backward.
3874 If a match is found, the cursor is positioned at it and the
3875 line number is returned. If no match is found 0 or -1 is
3876 returned and the cursor doesn't move. No error message is
3877 given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003878
3879 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3880 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3881 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3882 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3883 typical use is: >
3884 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3885< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3886
3887 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3888 'n' do Not move the cursor
3889 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3890 outer pair
3891 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3892 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3893
3894 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3895 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3896 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3897 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3898 or a string.
3899 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3900 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3901 and -1 returned.
3902
3903 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3904 patterns are used like it's on.
3905
3906 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3907 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3908 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3909 if 1
3910 if 2
3911 endif 2
3912 endif 1
3913< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3914 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3915 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3916 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3917 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3918 "endif 2".
3919 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3920 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3921 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3922 the matching start.
3923
3924 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3925
3926 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3927 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3928
3929< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3930 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3931 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3932 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3933 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3934 match.
3935 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3936
3937 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3938
3939< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3940 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3941 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3942
3943 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3944 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3945<
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00003946 *searchpairpos()*
3947searchpairpos({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003948 Same as searchpair(), but returns a |List| with the line and
3949 column position of the match. The first element of the |List|
3950 is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00003951 the column position of the match. If no match is found,
3952 returns [0, 0].
3953>
3954 :let [lnum,col] = searchpairpos('{', '', '}', 'n')
3955<
3956 See |match-parens| for a bigger and more useful example.
3957
3958searchpos({pattern} [, {flags}]) *searchpos()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00003959 Same as search(), but returns a |List| with the line and
3960 column position of the match. The first element of the |List|
3961 is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
3962 the column position of the match. If no match is found,
3963 returns [0, 0].
Bram Moolenaar1d2ba7f2006-02-14 22:29:30 +00003964>
3965 :let [lnum,col] = searchpos('mypattern', 'n')
3966<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3968 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3969 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3970 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3971 Note:
3972 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003973 received. I.e. before returning from the received command and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3975 See also |clientserver|.
3976 Example: >
3977 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3978<
3979serverlist() *serverlist()*
3980 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3981 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3982 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3983 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3984 Example: >
3985 :echo serverlist()
3986<
3987setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3988 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3989 {val}.
3990 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3991 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3992 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3993 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3994 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3995 Examples: >
3996 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3997 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3998< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3999
4000setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
4001 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
4002 {pos}. The first position is 1.
4003 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
4004 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004005 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
4006 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
4007 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
4008 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
4009 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004010 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
4011 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
4012 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
4013 line.
4014
4015setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004016 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}.
4017 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004018 When {lnum} is just below the last line the {line} will be
4019 added as a new line.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004020 If this succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely
4021 because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004023< When {line} is a |List| then line {lnum} and following lines
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004024 will be set to the items in the list. Example: >
4025 :call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
4026< This is equivalent to: >
4027 :for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
4028 : call setline(n, l)
4029 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004030< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
4031
Bram Moolenaar17c7c012006-01-26 22:25:15 +00004032setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action}]) *setloclist()*
4033 Create or replace or add to the location list for window {nr}.
4034 When {nr} is zero the current window is used. For a location
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00004035 list window, the displayed location list is modified. For an
4036 invalid window number {nr}, -1 is returned.
Bram Moolenaar17c7c012006-01-26 22:25:15 +00004037 Otherwise, same as setqflist().
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004038
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00004039setqflist({list} [, {action}]) *setqflist()*
Bram Moolenaar17c7c012006-01-26 22:25:15 +00004040 Create or replace or add to the quickfix list using the items
4041 in {list}. Each item in {list} is a dictionary.
4042 Non-dictionary items in {list} are ignored. Each dictionary
4043 item can contain the following entries:
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004044
4045 filename name of a file
4046 lnum line number in the file
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004047 pattern search pattern used to locate the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00004048 col column number
4049 vcol when non-zero: "col" is visual column
4050 when zero: "col" is byte index
4051 nr error number
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004052 text description of the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00004053 type single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004054
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00004055 The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
4056 optional. Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
4057 locate a matching error line.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004058 If the "filename" entry is not present or neither the "lnum"
4059 or "pattern" entries are present, then the item will not be
4060 handled as an error line.
4061 If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
4062 be used.
4063
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00004064 If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
4065 added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
4066 list, then a new list is created. If {action} is set to 'r',
4067 then the items from the current quickfix list are replaced
4068 with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
4069 set to ' ', then a new list is created.
4070
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00004071 Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
4072
4073 This function can be used to create a quickfix list
4074 independent of the 'errorformat' setting. Use a command like
4075 ":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
4076
4077
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004078 *setreg()*
4079setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
4080 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
4081 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
4082 then the value is appended.
4083 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
4084 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
4085 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
4086 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
4087 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
4088 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
4089 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
4090 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
4091
4092 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
4093 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
4094 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
4095 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
4096
4097 Examples: >
4098 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
4099 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
4100 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
4101
4102< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
4103 register. >
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004104 :let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004105 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
4106 ....
4107 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
4108
4109< You can also change the type of a register by appending
4110 nothing: >
4111 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
4112
4113setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
4114 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00004115 {val}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004116 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
4117 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
4118 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
4119 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
4120 Examples: >
4121 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
4122 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
4123< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
4124
4125simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
4126 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
4127 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
4128 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
4129 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
4130 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
4131 not removed either.
4132 Example: >
4133 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
4134< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
4135 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
4136 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
4137 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
4138 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
4139
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004140
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004141sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004142 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
4143 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
4144 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
4145< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004146 Numbers sort after Strings, |List|s after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004147 For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004148 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004149 When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
4150 is called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004151 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
4152 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
4153 sorts before the second one. Example: >
4154 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
4155 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
4156 endfunc
4157 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004158<
4159
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00004160 *soundfold()*
4161soundfold({word})
4162 Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}. Uses the first
4163 language in 'spellang' for the current window that supports
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00004164 soundfolding. 'spell' must be set. When no sound folding is
4165 possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00004166 This can be used for making spelling suggestions. Note that
4167 the method can be quite slow.
4168
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004169 *spellbadword()*
Bram Moolenaar1e015462005-09-25 22:16:38 +00004170spellbadword([{sentence}])
4171 Without argument: The result is the badly spelled word under
4172 or after the cursor. The cursor is moved to the start of the
4173 bad word. When no bad word is found in the cursor line the
4174 result is an empty string and the cursor doesn't move.
4175
4176 With argument: The result is the first word in {sentence} that
4177 is badly spelled. If there are no spelling mistakes the
4178 result is an empty string.
4179
4180 The return value is a list with two items:
4181 - The badly spelled word or an empty string.
4182 - The type of the spelling error:
4183 "bad" spelling mistake
4184 "rare" rare word
4185 "local" word only valid in another region
4186 "caps" word should start with Capital
4187 Example: >
4188 echo spellbadword("the quik brown fox")
4189< ['quik', 'bad'] ~
4190
4191 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
4192 'spell' option must be set and the value of 'spelllang' is
4193 used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004194
4195 *spellsuggest()*
Bram Moolenaarc54b8a72005-09-30 21:20:29 +00004196spellsuggest({word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004197 Return a |List| with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004198 When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
4199 returned. Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
4200
Bram Moolenaarc54b8a72005-09-30 21:20:29 +00004201 When the {capital} argument is given and it's non-zero only
4202 suggestions with a leading capital will be given. Use this
4203 after a match with 'spellcapcheck'.
4204
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004205 {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
4206 This allows for joining two words that were split. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00004207 suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
4208 replace a line.
4209
4210 {word} may also be a good word. Similar words will then be
Bram Moolenaarc54b8a72005-09-30 21:20:29 +00004211 returned. {word} itself is not included in the suggestions,
4212 although it may appear capitalized.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004213
4214 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00004215 'spell' option must be set and the values of 'spelllang' and
4216 'spellsuggest' are used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004217
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004218
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004219split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]]) *split()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004220 Make a |List| out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted or
4221 empty each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an
4222 item.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004223 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004224 removing the matched characters.
4225 When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
4226 {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
Bram Moolenaar5c06f8b2005-05-31 22:14:58 +00004227 Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
4228 character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004229 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004230 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004231< To split a string in individual characters: >
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004232 :for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +00004233< If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
4234 :echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
4235< ['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004236 Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
4237 :let items = split(line, ':', 1)
4238< The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004239
4240
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004241strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
4242 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
4243 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
4244 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
4245 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
4246 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
4247 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
4248 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
4249 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
4250 Examples: >
4251 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
4252 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
4253 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
4254 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
4255 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
4256 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004257< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
4258 :if exists("*strftime")
4259
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004260stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
4261 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4262 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004263 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
4264 This can be used to find a second match: >
4265 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
4266 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
4267< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004268 For pattern searches use |match()|.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004269 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004270 See also |strridx()|.
4271 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004272 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
4273 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
4274 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004275< *strstr()* *strchr()*
4276 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
4277 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
4278
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004279 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004280string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
4281 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
4282 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004283 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004284 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004285 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004286 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004287 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00004288 Dictionary {key: value, key: value}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004289 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004290
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004291 *strlen()*
4292strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
Bram Moolenaare344bea2005-09-01 20:46:49 +00004293 {expr} in bytes.
4294 If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters (not
4295 counting composing characters) use something like this: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004296
4297 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
Bram Moolenaare344bea2005-09-01 20:46:49 +00004298<
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004299 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
4300 For other types an error is given.
4301 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004302
4303strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
4304 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
Bram Moolenaar9372a112005-12-06 19:59:18 +00004305 byte {start}, with the byte length {len}.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004306 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
4307 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
4308 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
4309 end of the {src}. >
4310 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
4311 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
4312 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
4313 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
4314< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
4315 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
4316 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
4317<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004318strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
4319 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4320 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
4321 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
4322 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
4323 match: >
4324 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
4325 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
4326< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004327 For pattern searches use |match()|.
4328 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004329 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004330 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004331 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004332< *strrchr()*
4333 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
4334 function strrchr().
4335
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004336strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
4337 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
4338 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
4339 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
4340 echo strtrans(@a)
4341< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
4342 starting a new line.
4343
4344submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
4345 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
4346 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
4347 the whole matched text is returned.
4348 Example: >
4349 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
4350< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
4351 A line break is included as a newline character.
4352
4353substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
4354 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
4355 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
4356 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
4357 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
4358 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
4359 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
4360 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
4361 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
4362 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
4363 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
4364 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
4365 unmodified.
4366 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
4367 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
4368 Example: >
4369 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
4370< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
4371 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
4372< results in "TESTING".
4373
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004374synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004375 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004376 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004377 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
4378 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004379
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004380 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004381 line. 'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
4382
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004383 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
4384 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
4385 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
4386 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
4387 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
4388 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
4389 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
4390
4391 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
4392 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
4393<
4394synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
4395 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
4396 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
4397 about a syntax item.
4398 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
4399 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
4400 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
4401 used (GUI, cterm or term).
4402 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
4403 {what} result
4404 "name" the name of the syntax item
4405 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
4406 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
4407 term: empty string)
4408 "bg" background color (like "fg")
4409 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
4410 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
4411 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
4412 "bold" "1" if bold
4413 "italic" "1" if italic
4414 "reverse" "1" if reverse
4415 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
4416 "underline" "1" if underlined
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004417 "undercurl" "1" if undercurled
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004418
4419 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
4420 cursor): >
4421 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
4422<
4423synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
4424 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
4425 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
4426 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
4427 ":highlight link" are followed.
4428
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004429system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
4430 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
4431 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
4432 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
4433 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004434 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004435 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
4436 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
4437 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004438 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
4439 The result is a String. Example: >
4440
4441 :let files = system("ls")
4442
4443< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
4444 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
4445 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
4446 The command executed is constructed using several options:
4447 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
4448 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
4449 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
4450 concatenated commands.
4451
4452 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
4453 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004454
4455 Note that any wrong value in the options mentioned above may
4456 make the function fail. It has also been reported to fail
4457 when using a security agent application.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004458 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
4459 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
4460
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004461
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00004462tabpagebuflist([{arg}]) *tabpagebuflist()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004463 The result is a |List|, where each item is the number of the
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00004464 buffer associated with each window in the current tab page.
4465 {arg} specifies the number of tab page to be used. When
4466 omitted the current tab page is used.
4467 When {arg} is invalid the number zero is returned.
4468 To get a list of all buffers in all tabs use this: >
4469 tablist = []
4470 for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
4471 call extend(tablist, tabpagebuflist(i + 1))
4472 endfor
4473< Note that a buffer may appear in more than one window.
4474
4475
4476tabpagenr([{arg}]) *tabpagenr()*
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00004477 The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4478 tab page. The first tab page has number 1.
4479 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the last tab
4480 page is returned (the tab page count).
4481 The number can be used with the |:tab| command.
4482
4483
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00004484tabpagewinnr({tabarg}, [{arg}]) *tabpagewinnr()*
4485 Like |winnr()| but for tab page {arg}.
4486 {tabarg} specifies the number of tab page to be used.
4487 {arg} is used like with |winnr()|:
4488 - When omitted the current window number is returned. This is
4489 the window which will be used when going to this tab page.
4490 - When "$" the number of windows is returned.
4491 - When "#" the previous window nr is returned.
4492 Useful examples: >
4493 tabpagewinnr(1) " current window of tab page 1
4494 tabpagewinnr(4, '$') " number of windows in tab page 4
4495< When {tabarg} is invalid zero is returned.
4496
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004497taglist({expr}) *taglist()*
4498 Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
Bram Moolenaard8c00872005-07-22 21:52:15 +00004499 Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
4500 entries:
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00004501 name Name of the tag.
4502 filename Name of the file where the tag is
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004503 defined.
4504 cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in
4505 the file.
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00004506 kind Type of the tag. The value for this
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004507 entry depends on the language specific
4508 kind values generated by the ctags
4509 tool.
Bram Moolenaar280f1262006-01-30 00:14:18 +00004510 static A file specific tag. Refer to
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004511 |static-tag| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004512 The "kind" entry is only available when using Exuberant ctags
4513 generated tags file. More entries may be present, depending
4514 on the content of the tags file: access, implementation,
4515 inherits and signature. Refer to the ctags documentation for
4516 information about these fields. For C code the fields
4517 "struct", "class" and "enum" may appear, they give the name of
4518 the entity the tag is contained in.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00004519
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004520 The ex-command 'cmd' can be either an ex search pattern, a
4521 line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004522
4523 If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
4524
4525 To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
4526 used in {expr}. Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
4527 about the tag search regular expression pattern.
4528
4529 Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
4530 located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
4531 the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
4532
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00004533 *tagfiles()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004534tagfiles() Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags
4535 for the current buffer. This is the 'tags' option expanded.
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00004536
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004537
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004538tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
4539 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
4540 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
4541 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
4542 :let tmpfile = tempname()
4543 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
4544< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
4545 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
4546 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
4547 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
4548 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
4549 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
4550
4551tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
4552 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
4553 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
4554 the string).
4555
4556toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
4557 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
4558 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
4559 the string).
4560
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00004561tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
4562 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
4563 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
4564 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
4565 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
4566 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
4567 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
4568
4569 Examples: >
4570 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
4571< returns "Hello THere" >
4572 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
4573< returns "{blob}"
4574
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004575 *type()*
4576type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004577 Number: 0
4578 String: 1
4579 Funcref: 2
4580 List: 3
4581 Dictionary: 4
4582 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004583 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
4584 :if type(myvar) == type("")
4585 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
4586 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004587 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004588
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004589values({dict}) *values()*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004590 Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}. The |List| is
4591 in arbitrary order.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004592
4593
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004594virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
4595 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
4596 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
4597 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
4598 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
4599 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
4600 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
4601 set to 8, it returns 8.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004602 For the use of {expr} see |col()|. Additionally you can use
Bram Moolenaar5c8837f2006-02-25 21:52:33 +00004603 [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line and column number. When
4604 "lnum" or "col" is out of range then virtcol() returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004605 For the byte position use |col()|.
4606 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
4607 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
4608 The accepted positions are:
4609 . the cursor position
4610 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
4611 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
4612 plus one)
4613 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
4614 returned)
4615 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
4616 Examples: >
4617 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
4618 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
4619 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
4620< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
4621
4622visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
4623 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
4624 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
4625 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
4626 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
4627 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
4628 Example: >
4629 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
4630< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
4631 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
4632 Visual mode that was used.
4633
4634 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
4635 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
4636 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
4637 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
4638
4639 *winbufnr()*
4640winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004641 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004642 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
4643 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4644 Example: >
4645 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
4646<
4647 *wincol()*
4648wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
4649 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
4650 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
4651
4652winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
4653 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
4654 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
4655 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4656 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
4657 Examples: >
4658 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
4659<
4660 *winline()*
4661winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
4662 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
4663 the window. The first line is one.
Bram Moolenaarbfd8fc02005-09-20 23:22:24 +00004664 If the cursor was moved the view on the file will be updated
4665 first, this may cause a scroll.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004666
4667 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004668winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4669 window. The top window has number 1.
4670 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00004671 last window is returned (the window count).
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004672 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4673 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4674 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4675 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4676 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004677
4678 *winrestcmd()*
4679winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4680 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4681 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4682 Example: >
4683 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4684 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4685 :exe cmd
4686
4687winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4688 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4689 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4690 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4691 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4692 Examples: >
4693 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4694 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4695 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4696 :endif
4697<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004698 *writefile()*
4699writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004700 Write |List| {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004701 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4702 Number.
4703 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4704 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4705 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4706 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4707 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4708 to writefile().
4709 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4710 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4711 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4712 fails.
4713 Also see |readfile()|.
4714 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4715 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4716 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4717<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004718
4719 *feature-list*
4720There are three types of features:
47211. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4722 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4723 :if has("cindent")
47242. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4725 Example: >
4726 :if has("gui_running")
4727< *has-patch*
47283. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4729 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4730 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4731 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4732
4733all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4734amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4735arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4736arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00004737autocmd Compiled with autocommand support. |autocommand|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004738balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00004739balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004740beos BeOS version of Vim.
4741browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4742 work.
4743builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4744byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4745cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4746clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4747clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4748cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4749cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4750cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4751comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4752cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4753cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4754compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4755debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4756dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4757dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4758diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4759digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4760dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4761dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4762dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4763ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4764emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4765eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4766 true, of course!
4767ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4768extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4769 |'hlsearch'|
4770farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4771file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004772filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4773 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004774find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4775 |+find_in_path|.
4776fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4777 Windows this is not present).
4778folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4779footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4780fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4781gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4782gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4783gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004784gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4785gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004786gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004787gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4788gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4789gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4790gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4791gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4792gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4793hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4794iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4795insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4796 Insert mode.
4797jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4798keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4799langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4800libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4801linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4802 support.
4803lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4804listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4805 and the argument list |arglist|.
4806localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4807mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4808macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4809menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4810mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4811modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4812mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4813mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4814mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4815mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4816mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4817mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4818mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4819multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4820multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4821multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004822mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004823netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004824netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004825ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4826os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4827osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4828path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4829perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4830postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4831printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004832profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004833python Compiled with Python interface.
4834qnx QNX version of Vim.
4835quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4836rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4837ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4838scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4839showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4840signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4841smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004842sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004843statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4844 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4845sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
Bram Moolenaar82cf9b62005-06-07 21:09:25 +00004846spell Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
4847syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004848syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4849 current buffer.
4850system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4851tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4852 |tag-binary-search|.
4853tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4854 |tag-old-static|.
4855tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4856 files |tag-any-white|.
4857tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4858terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4859termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4860textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4861tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4862 or terminfo file.
4863title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4864toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4865unix Unix version of Vim.
4866user_commands User-defined commands.
4867viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4868vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4869vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4870virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4871visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4872visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4873 |blockwise-operators|.
4874vms VMS version of Vim.
4875vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4876wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4877wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4878windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4879winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4880win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4881win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4882win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4883win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4884win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4885writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4886xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4887xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4888xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4889xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4890xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4891xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4892 xterm screen.
4893x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4894
4895 *string-match*
4896Matching a pattern in a String
4897
4898A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4899the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4900everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4901like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4902line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4903with ".". Example: >
4904 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4905 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4906 aa
4907 xx
4908 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4909 a
4910 x
4911
4912Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4913"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4914"\n".
4915
4916==============================================================================
49175. Defining functions *user-functions*
4918
4919New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4920functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4921commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4922
4923The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4924builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4925avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4926the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4927
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00004928It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|. And the
4929|autoload| facility is useful to define a function only when it's called.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004930
4931 *local-function*
4932A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4933can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4934and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4935function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4936instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4937
4938 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4939:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4940
4941:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004942 {name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
4943 |Funcref|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004944 :function dict.init
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00004945
4946:fu[nction] /{pattern} List functions with a name matching {pattern}.
4947 Example that lists all functions ending with "File": >
4948 :function /File$
Bram Moolenaar5b8d8fd2005-08-16 23:01:50 +00004949<
4950 *:function-verbose*
4951When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a function will also display where it was
4952last defined. Example: >
4953
4954 :verbose function SetFileTypeSH
4955 function SetFileTypeSH(name)
4956 Last set from /usr/share/vim/vim-7.0/filetype.vim
4957<
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004958See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar5b8d8fd2005-08-16 23:01:50 +00004959
4960 *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004961:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004962 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4963 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4964 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004965
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004966 {name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
4967 |Funcref|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004968 :function dict.init(arg)
4969< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4970 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4971 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4972 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4973 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4974 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004975 *E127* *E122*
4976 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4977 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4978 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4979 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004980
4981 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4982
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004983 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4984 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4985 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4986 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4987 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4988 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4989 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004991 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4992 abort as soon as an error is detected.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004993
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004994 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00004995 be invoked through an entry in a |Dictionary|. The
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004996 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4997 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004998
Bram Moolenaar98692072006-02-04 00:57:42 +00004999 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
5000 will not be changed by the function.
5001
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005002 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
5003:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
5004 by its own, without other commands.
5005
5006 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
5007:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005008 {name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
5009 |Funcref|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005010 :delfunc dict.init
5011< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
5012 function is deleted if there are no more references to
5013 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005014 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
5015:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
5016 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
5017 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
5018 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
5019 the number 0 is returned.
5020 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
5021 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
5022
5023 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
5024 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
5025 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
5026 are executed first. This process applies to all
5027 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
5028 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
5029
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00005030 *function-argument* *a:var*
5031An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
5032be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
5033 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
5034Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
5035arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
5036may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
5037as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005038can be 0). "a:000" is set to a |List| that contains these arguments. Note
5039that "a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005040 *E742*
5041The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005042However, if a |List| or |Dictionary| is used, you can changes their contents.
5043Thus you can pass a |List| to a function and have the function add an item to
5044it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a |List| or
5045|Dictionary| use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005046
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00005047When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
5048to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
5049may be larger.
5050
5051It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
5052still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
5053until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
5054inside a function body.
5055
5056 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005057Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
5058will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
5059accessed with "g:".
5060
5061Example: >
5062 :function Table(title, ...)
5063 : echohl Title
5064 : echo a:title
5065 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00005066 : echo a:0 . " items:"
5067 : for s in a:000
5068 : echon ' ' . s
5069 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005070 :endfunction
5071
5072This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00005073 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
5074 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005075
5076To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
5077 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
5078 : if a:n2 == 0
5079 : return "fail"
5080 : endif
5081 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
5082 : return "ok"
5083 :endfunction
5084
5085This function can then be called with: >
5086 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
5087 :if success == "ok"
5088 : echo div
5089 :endif
5090
5091An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
5092with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
5093 :function Foo()
5094 : execute Bar()
5095 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
5096 :endfunction
5097
5098 :function Bar()
5099 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
5100 :endfunction
5101
5102The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
5103the caller to set the names.
5104
5105 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
5106:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
5107 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
5108 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
5109 used.
5110 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
5111 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
5112 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
5113 function.
5114 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
5115 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
5116 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
5117 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
5118 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
5119 this works:
5120 *function-range-example* >
5121 :function Mynumber(arg)
5122 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
5123 :endfunction
5124 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
5125<
5126 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
5127 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
5128 the range.
5129
5130 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
5131
5132 :function Cont() range
5133 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
5134 :endfunction
5135 :4,8call Cont()
5136<
5137 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
5138 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
5139
5140 *E132*
5141The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
5142option.
5143
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005144
5145AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146 *autoload-functions*
5147When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005148only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
5149the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
5150
5151
5152Using an autocommand ~
5153
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00005154This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
5155
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005156The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
5157You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
5158That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
5159again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
5160
5161Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
5162function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005163
5164 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
5165
5166The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
5167"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
5168
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005169
5170Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005171 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00005172This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
5173
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005174Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
5175exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
5176like this: >
5177
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005178 :call filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005179
5180When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
5181"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
5182"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
5183then define the function like this: >
5184
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005185 function filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005186 echo "Done!"
5187 endfunction
5188
Bram Moolenaar60a795a2005-09-16 21:55:43 +00005189The file name and the name used before the # in the function must match
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005190exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
5191called.
5192
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005193It is possible to use subdirectories. Every # in the function name works like
5194a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005195
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005196 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005197
5198Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
5199
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005200This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
5201
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005202 :let l = foo#bar#lvar
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005203
Bram Moolenaara5792f52005-11-23 21:25:05 +00005204However, when the autoload script was already loaded it won't be loaded again
5205for an unknown variable.
5206
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005207When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
5208be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
5209
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00005210 :let foo#bar#toggle = 1
5211 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005212
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00005213Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
5214defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
5215function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00005216And you will get an error message every time.
5217
5218Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
5219other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
5220Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00005221
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005222==============================================================================
52236. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
5224
5225Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
5226This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
5227{} like this: >
5228 my_{adjective}_variable
5229
5230When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
5231that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
5232name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
5233"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
5234"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
5235
5236One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
5237value. For example, the statement >
5238 echo my_{&background}_message
5239
5240would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
5241on the current value of 'background'.
5242
5243You can use multiple brace pairs: >
5244 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
5245..or even nest them: >
5246 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
5247where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
5248
5249However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00005250variable name, e.g. this is invalid: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005251 :let foo='a + b'
5252 :echo c{foo}d
5253.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
5254
5255 *curly-braces-function-names*
5256You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
5257Example: >
5258 :let func_end='whizz'
5259 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
5260
5261This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
5262
5263==============================================================================
52647. Commands *expression-commands*
5265
5266:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
5267 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
5268 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
5269 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
5270 is created.
5271
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005272:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
5273 Set a list item to the result of the expression
5274 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
5275 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
5276 the index can be repeated.
5277 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
5278
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005279 *E711* *E719*
5280:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005281 Set a sequence of items in a |List| to the result of
5282 the expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005283 correct number of items.
5284 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
5285 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
5286 When the selected range of items is partly past the
5287 end of the list, items will be added.
5288
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00005289 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005290:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
5291:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
5292:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
5293 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
5294 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
5295
5296
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005297:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
5298 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
5299 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005300:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
5301 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
5302 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
5303 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304
5305:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
5306 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
5307 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
5308 must be the name of a writable register (see
5309 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
5310 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
5311 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
5312 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
5313 characterwise.
5314 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
5315 :let @/ = ""
5316< This is different from searching for an empty string,
5317 that would match everywhere.
5318
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005319:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
5320 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
5321 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
5322
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005323:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
5324 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005325 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
5326 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005327 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
5328 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00005329 value and the global value are changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005330 Example: >
5331 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005332
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005333:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
5334 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
5335 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
5336
5337:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
5338:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
5339 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
5340 {expr1}.
5341
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005342:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005343:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5344:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
5345:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005346 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
5347 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
5348
5349:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005350:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5351:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
5352:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005353 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
5354 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
5355
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005356:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005357 {expr1} must evaluate to a |List|. The first item in
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005358 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
5359 {name2}, etc.
5360 The number of names must match the number of items in
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005361 the |List|.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005362 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
5363 command as mentioned above.
5364 Example: >
5365 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005366< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
5367 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
5368 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
5369 :let x = [0, 1]
5370 :let i = 0
5371 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
5372 :echo x
5373< The result is [0, 2].
5374
5375:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
5376:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
5377:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
5378 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005379 |List| item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005380
5381:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005382 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the |List| may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005383 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
5384 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
5385 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005386 Example: >
5387 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
5388<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005389:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
5390:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
5391:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
5392 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005393 |List| item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005395:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00005396 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
5397 here: *E738*
5398 g: global variables.
5399 b: local buffer variables.
5400 w: local window variables.
5401 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005402
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00005403:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
5404 variable is indicated before the value:
5405 <nothing> String
5406 # Number
5407 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005408
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005409
5410:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
5411 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
5412 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005413 may also be a |List| or |Dictionary| item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005414 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
5415 variables.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005416 One or more items from a |List| can be removed: >
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00005417 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
5418 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005419< One item from a |Dictionary| can be removed at a time: >
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00005420 :unlet dict['two']
5421 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005422
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005423:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
5424 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
5425 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
5426 A locked variable can be deleted: >
5427 :lockvar v
5428 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
5429 :unlet v
5430< *E741*
5431 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
5432 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
5433
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005434 [depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
5435 |Dictionary|. It specifies how deep the locking goes:
5436 1 Lock the |List| or |Dictionary| itself,
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005437 cannot add or remove items, but can
5438 still change their values.
5439 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005440 the items. If an item is a |List| or
5441 |Dictionary|, cannot add or remove
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005442 items, but can still change the
5443 values.
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005444 3 Like 2 but for the |List| /
5445 |Dictionary| in the |List| /
5446 |Dictionary|, one level deeper.
5447 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a |List|
5448 or |Dictionary| the values cannot be changed.
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005449 *E743*
5450 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
5451 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
5452 loops.
5453
Bram Moolenaar32466aa2006-02-24 23:53:04 +00005454 Note that when two variables refer to the same |List|
5455 and you lock one of them, the |List| will also be
5456 locked when used through the other variable. Example:
5457 >
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005458 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
5459 :let cl = l
5460 :lockvar l
5461 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
5462< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
5463 See |deepcopy()|.
5464
5465
5466:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
5467 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
5468 opposite of |:lockvar|.
5469
5470
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005471:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
5472:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5473 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5474
5475 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
5476 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
5477 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
5478 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
5479 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
5480 part was not executed either.
5481
5482 You can use this to remain compatible with older
5483 versions: >
5484 :if version >= 500
5485 : version-5-specific-commands
5486 :endif
5487< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
5488 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
5489 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
5490 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
5491 avoid problems: >
5492 :if version >= 600
5493 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
5494 :endif
5495<
5496 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
5497 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
5498
5499 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
5500:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5501 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
5502 executed.
5503
5504 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
5505:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
5506 is no extra ":endif".
5507
5508:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005509 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005510:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
5511 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5512 When an error is detected from a command inside the
5513 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005514 Example: >
5515 :let lnum = 1
5516 :while lnum <= line("$")
5517 :call FixLine(lnum)
5518 :let lnum = lnum + 1
5519 :endwhile
5520<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005521 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005522 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005523
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005524:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005525:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
5526 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00005527 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005528 value of each item.
5529 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005530 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00005531 Changing {list} inside the loop affects what items are
5532 used. Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005533 :for item in copy(mylist)
5534< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
5535 next item in the list, before executing the commands
5536 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
5537 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
5538 it will not be found. Thus the following example
5539 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
5540 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005541 :call remove(mylist, 0)
5542 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005543< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
5544 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
5545 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005546 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
5547 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
5548 to allow multiple item types.
5549
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005550:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
5551:endfo[r]
5552 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
5553 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
5554 {var2}, etc. Example: >
5555 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
5556 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
5557 :endfor
5558<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005559 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005560:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
5561 to the start of the loop.
5562 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5563 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5564 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5565 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5566 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5567 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005568
5569 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005570:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
5571 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
5572 ":endfor".
5573 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5574 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5575 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5576 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5577 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5578 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005579
5580:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
5581:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
5582 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
5583 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
5584 or autocommand invocations.
5585
5586 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
5587 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
5588 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
5589 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
5590 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
5591 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
5592 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
5593 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
5594 Example: >
5595 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
5596 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
5597<
5598 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
5599 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
5600 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
5601 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
5602 processing is not terminated.
5603
5604 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
5605 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
5606 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
5607 other errors are converted to a value of the form
5608 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
5609 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
5610 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
5611 the error number.
5612 Examples: >
5613 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
5614 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
5615<
5616 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
5617:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
5618 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
5619 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
5620 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
5621 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
5622 commands are skipped.
5623 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
5624 Examples: >
5625 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
5626 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
5627 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
5628 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
5629 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
5630 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
5631 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
5632 :catch " same as /.*/
5633<
5634 Another character can be used instead of / around the
5635 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
5636 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
5637 {pattern}.
5638 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
5639 an error message because it may vary in different
5640 locales.
5641
5642 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
5643:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
5644 are executed whenever the part between the matching
5645 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
5646 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
5647 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
5648 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
5649
5650 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
5651:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
5652 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
5653 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
5654 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
5655 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
5656 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
5657 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
5658 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
5659 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
5660 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
5661 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
5662 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
5663 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
5664 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
5665 is terminated.
5666 Example: >
5667 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
5668<
5669
5670 *:ec* *:echo*
5671:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
5672 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
5673 Also see |:comment|.
5674 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
5675 cursor to the first column.
5676 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5677 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5678 Example: >
5679 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
5680< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
5681 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
5682 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
5683 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
5684 command. Example: >
5685 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
5686<
5687 *:echon*
5688:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5689 |:comment|.
5690 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5691 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5692 Example: >
5693 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5694<
5695 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5696 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5697 command: >
5698 :!echo % --> filename
5699< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5700 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5701< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5702 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5703 :echo % --> nothing
5704< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5705 :echo "%" --> %
5706< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5707 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5708< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5709
5710 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5711:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5712 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5713 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5714 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5715< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5716 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5717
5718 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5719:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5720 message in the |message-history|.
5721 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5722 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5723 displayed, not interpreted.
5724 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5725 Example: >
5726 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5727<
5728 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5729:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5730 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5731 script or function the line number will be added.
5732 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5733 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5734 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5735 (see |try-echoerr|).
5736 Example: >
5737 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5738< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5739 And to get a beep: >
5740 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5741<
5742 *:exe* *:execute*
5743:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5744 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5745 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5746 used as the processed command, command line editing
5747 keys are not recognized.
5748 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5749 Examples: >
5750 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5751 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5752<
5753 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5754 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5755 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5756
5757< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5758 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5759 command: >
5760 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5761< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5762
5763 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005764 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5765 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005766 :execute 'while i > 5'
5767 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5768<
5769 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5770 completely in the executed string: >
5771 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5772<
5773
5774 *:comment*
5775 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5776 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5777 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5778 comment. Example: >
5779 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5780
5781==============================================================================
57828. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5783
5784The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5785explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5786
5787Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5788|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5789exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5790
5791
5792TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5793
5794Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5795use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5796a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5797 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5798|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5799a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5800be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5801which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5802clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5803
5804 :try
5805 : ...
5806 : ... TRY BLOCK
5807 : ...
5808 :catch /{pattern}/
5809 : ...
5810 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5811 : ...
5812 :catch /{pattern}/
5813 : ...
5814 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5815 : ...
5816 :finally
5817 : ...
5818 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5819 : ...
5820 :endtry
5821
5822The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5823appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5824from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5825 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5826is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5827script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5828 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5829lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5830patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5831after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5832executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5833":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5834(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5835continues in the following line as usual.
5836 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5837":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5838that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5839finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5840the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5841the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5842see |try-nesting|.
5843 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5844remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5845not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5846try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5847a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5848execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5849exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5850 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5851thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5852clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5853catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5854following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5855clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5856
5857The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5858a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5859try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5860from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5861sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5862":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5863":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5864from the finally clause.
5865 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5866try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5867clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5868":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5869clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5870":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5871this pending exception or command is discarded.
5872
5873For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5874
5875
5876NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5877
5878Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5879conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5880clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5881catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5882of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5883checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5884try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5885otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5886nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5887one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5888the inner try conditional.
5889
5890When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5891finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5892An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5893thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5894implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5895as usual.
5896
5897For examples see |throw-catch|.
5898
5899
5900EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5901
5902Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5903'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5904script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5905finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5906a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5907(see |debug-scripts|).
5908
5909
5910THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5911
5912You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5913and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5914 :throw 4711
5915 :throw "string"
5916< *throw-expression*
5917You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5918first, and the result is thrown: >
5919 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5920 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5921
5922An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5923command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5924The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5925 Example: >
5926
5927 :function! Foo(arg)
5928 : try
5929 : throw a:arg
5930 : catch /foo/
5931 : endtry
5932 : return 1
5933 :endfunction
5934 :
5935 :function! Bar()
5936 : echo "in Bar"
5937 : return 4710
5938 :endfunction
5939 :
5940 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5941
5942This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5943executed. >
5944 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5945however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5946
5947Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5948abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5949exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5950 Example: >
5951
5952 :if Foo("arrgh")
5953 : echo "then"
5954 :else
5955 : echo "else"
5956 :endif
5957
5958Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5959
5960 *catch-order*
5961Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5962commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5963command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5964gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5965 Example: >
5966
5967 :function! Foo(value)
5968 : try
5969 : throw a:value
5970 : catch /^\d\+$/
5971 : echo "Number thrown"
5972 : catch /.*/
5973 : echo "String thrown"
5974 : endtry
5975 :endfunction
5976 :
5977 :call Foo(0x1267)
5978 :call Foo('string')
5979
5980The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5981An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5982specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5983specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5984
5985 : catch /.*/
5986 : echo "String thrown"
5987 : catch /^\d\+$/
5988 : echo "Number thrown"
5989
5990The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5991never taken.
5992
5993 *throw-variables*
5994If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5995in the variable |v:exception|: >
5996
5997 : catch /^\d\+$/
5998 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5999
6000You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
6001|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
6002exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
6003 Example: >
6004
6005 :function! Caught()
6006 : if v:exception != ""
6007 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
6008 : else
6009 : echo 'Nothing caught'
6010 : endif
6011 :endfunction
6012 :
6013 :function! Foo()
6014 : try
6015 : try
6016 : try
6017 : throw 4711
6018 : finally
6019 : call Caught()
6020 : endtry
6021 : catch /.*/
6022 : call Caught()
6023 : throw "oops"
6024 : endtry
6025 : catch /.*/
6026 : call Caught()
6027 : finally
6028 : call Caught()
6029 : endtry
6030 :endfunction
6031 :
6032 :call Foo()
6033
6034This displays >
6035
6036 Nothing caught
6037 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
6038 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
6039 Nothing caught
6040
6041A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
6042number in the script or function where it has been used: >
6043
6044 :function! LineNumber()
6045 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
6046 :endfunction
6047 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
6048<
6049 *try-nested*
6050An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
6051a surrounding try conditional: >
6052
6053 :try
6054 : try
6055 : throw "foo"
6056 : catch /foobar/
6057 : echo "foobar"
6058 : finally
6059 : echo "inner finally"
6060 : endtry
6061 :catch /foo/
6062 : echo "foo"
6063 :endtry
6064
6065The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
6066clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
6067conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
6068
6069 *throw-from-catch*
6070You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
6071catch clause: >
6072
6073 :function! Foo()
6074 : throw "foo"
6075 :endfunction
6076 :
6077 :function! Bar()
6078 : try
6079 : call Foo()
6080 : catch /foo/
6081 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
6082 : throw "bar"
6083 : endtry
6084 :endfunction
6085 :
6086 :try
6087 : call Bar()
6088 :catch /.*/
6089 : echo "Caught" v:exception
6090 :endtry
6091
6092This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
6093
6094 *rethrow*
6095There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
6096"v:exception" instead: >
6097
6098 :function! Bar()
6099 : try
6100 : call Foo()
6101 : catch /.*/
6102 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
6103 : throw v:exception
6104 : endtry
6105 :endfunction
6106< *try-echoerr*
6107Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
6108exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
6109Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
6110denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
6111the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
6112
6113 :try
6114 : try
6115 : asdf
6116 : catch /.*/
6117 : echoerr v:exception
6118 : endtry
6119 :catch /.*/
6120 : echo v:exception
6121 :endtry
6122
6123This code displays
6124
6125 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
6126
6127
6128CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
6129
6130Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
6131user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
6132an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
6133a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
6134catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
6135a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
6136normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
6137(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
6138to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
6139clause has been executed.)
6140Example: >
6141
6142 :try
6143 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
6144 : set ts=17
6145 :
6146 : " Do the hard work here.
6147 :
6148 :finally
6149 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
6150 : unlet s:saved_ts
6151 :endtry
6152
6153This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
6154changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
6155that function or script part.
6156
6157 *break-finally*
6158Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
6159a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
6160 Example: >
6161
6162 :let first = 1
6163 :while 1
6164 : try
6165 : if first
6166 : echo "first"
6167 : let first = 0
6168 : continue
6169 : else
6170 : throw "second"
6171 : endif
6172 : catch /.*/
6173 : echo v:exception
6174 : break
6175 : finally
6176 : echo "cleanup"
6177 : endtry
6178 : echo "still in while"
6179 :endwhile
6180 :echo "end"
6181
6182This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
6183
6184 :function! Foo()
6185 : try
6186 : return 4711
6187 : finally
6188 : echo "cleanup\n"
6189 : endtry
6190 : echo "Foo still active"
6191 :endfunction
6192 :
6193 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
6194
6195This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
6196extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
6197return value.)
6198
6199 *except-from-finally*
6200Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
6201a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
6202cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
6203exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
6204 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
6205working correctly: >
6206
6207 :try
6208 : try
6209 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
6210 : while 1
6211 : endwhile
6212 : finally
6213 : unlet novar
6214 : endtry
6215 :catch /novar/
6216 :endtry
6217 :echo "Script still running"
6218 :sleep 1
6219
6220If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
6221think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
6222|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
6223
6224
6225CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
6226
6227If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
6228watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
6229presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
6230exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
6231the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
6232the error exception is.
6233 Error exceptions have the following format: >
6234
6235 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
6236or >
6237 Vim:{errmsg}
6238
6239{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
6240the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
6241when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
6242a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
6243a space.
6244
6245Examples:
6246
6247The command >
6248 :unlet novar
6249normally produces the error message >
6250 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6251which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6252 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
6253
6254The command >
6255 :dwim
6256normally produces the error message >
6257 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
6258which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6259 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
6260
6261You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
6262 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
6263or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
6264 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
6265
6266Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
6267 :function nofunc
6268and >
6269 :delfunction nofunc
6270both produce the error message >
6271 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6272which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6273 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6274or >
6275 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6276respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
6277command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
6278 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
6279
6280Some commands like >
6281 :let x = novar
6282produce multiple error messages, here: >
6283 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6284 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6285Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
6286one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
6287 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
6288
6289You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
6290 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
6291
6292You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
6293 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
6294
6295You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
6296 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
6297<
6298 *catch-text*
6299NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
6300 :catch /No such variable/
6301only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
6302a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
6303cite the message text in a comment: >
6304 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
6305
6306
6307IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
6308
6309You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
6310
6311 :try
6312 : write
6313 :catch
6314 :endtry
6315
6316But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
6317catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
6318be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
6319
6320 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
6321
6322There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
6323writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
6324then hide the error from the user.
6325 It is much better to use >
6326
6327 :try
6328 : write
6329 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6330 :endtry
6331
6332which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
6333intentionally.
6334
6335For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
6336even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
6337command: >
6338 :silent! nunmap k
6339This works also when a try conditional is active.
6340
6341
6342CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
6343
6344When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
6345the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
6346script is not terminated, then.
6347 Example: >
6348
6349 :function! TASK1()
6350 : sleep 10
6351 :endfunction
6352
6353 :function! TASK2()
6354 : sleep 20
6355 :endfunction
6356
6357 :while 1
6358 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
6359 : try
6360 : if command == ""
6361 : continue
6362 : elseif command == "END"
6363 : break
6364 : elseif command == "TASK1"
6365 : call TASK1()
6366 : elseif command == "TASK2"
6367 : call TASK2()
6368 : else
6369 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
6370 : continue
6371 : endif
6372 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6373 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
6374 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
6375 : endtry
6376 :endwhile
6377
6378You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
6379a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
6380
6381For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
6382your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
6383command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
6384
6385
6386CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
6387
6388The commands >
6389
6390 :catch /.*/
6391 :catch //
6392 :catch
6393
6394catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
6395explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
6396a script in order to catch unexpected things.
6397 Example: >
6398
6399 :try
6400 :
6401 : " do the hard work here
6402 :
6403 :catch /MyException/
6404 :
6405 : " handle known problem
6406 :
6407 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6408 : echo "Script interrupted"
6409 :catch /.*/
6410 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
6411 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
6412 :endtry
6413 :" end of script
6414
6415Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
6416strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
6417specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
6418 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
6419by pressing CTRL-C: >
6420
6421 :while 1
6422 : try
6423 : sleep 1
6424 : catch
6425 : endtry
6426 :endwhile
6427
6428
6429EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
6430
6431Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
6432
6433 :autocmd User x try
6434 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
6435 :autocmd User x catch
6436 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
6437 :autocmd User x endtry
6438 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
6439 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
6440 :
6441 :try
6442 : doautocmd User x
6443 :catch
6444 : echo v:exception
6445 :endtry
6446
6447This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
6448
6449 *except-autocmd-Pre*
6450For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
6451command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
6452of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
6453abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
6454 Example: >
6455
6456 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
6457 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
6458 :
6459 :try
6460 : write
6461 :catch
6462 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
6463 :endtry
6464
6465Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
6466you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
6467autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
6468script displays: >
6469
6470 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
6471<
6472 *except-autocmd-Post*
6473For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
6474command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
6475an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
6476is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
6477 Example: >
6478
6479 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
6480 :
6481 :try
6482 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6483 :catch
6484 : echo v:exception
6485 :endtry
6486
6487This just displays: >
6488
6489 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
6490
6491If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
6492fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
6493 Example: >
6494
6495 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
6496 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
6497 :
6498 :try
6499 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6500 :catch
6501 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6502 :endtry
6503<
6504You can also use ":silent!": >
6505
6506 :let x = "ok"
6507 :let v:errmsg = ""
6508 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
6509 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
6510 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
6511 :try
6512 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6513 :catch
6514 :endtry
6515 :echo x
6516
6517This displays "after fail".
6518
6519If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
6520autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
6521
6522 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
6523 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
6524 :
6525 :try
6526 : write
6527 :catch
6528 : echo v:exception
6529 :endtry
6530<
6531 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
6532For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
6533autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
6534of the command.
6535 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
6536had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
6537some way. >
6538
6539 :if !exists("cnt")
6540 : let cnt = 0
6541 :
6542 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
6543 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
6544 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
6545 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6546 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6547 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
6548 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
6549 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6550 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6551 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
6552 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6553 :endif
6554 :
6555 :try
6556 : write
6557 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
6558 : if &modified
6559 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
6560 : else
6561 : echo "Error after writing"
6562 : endif
6563 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6564 : echo "Error on writing"
6565 :endtry
6566
6567When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
6568first >
6569 File successfully written!
6570then >
6571 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
6572then >
6573 Error after writing
6574etc.
6575
6576 *except-autocmd-ill*
6577You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
6578The following code is ill-formed: >
6579
6580 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
6581 :
6582 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
6583 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
6584 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
6585 :
6586 :write
6587
6588
6589EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
6590
6591Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
6592pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
6593similar things in Vim.
6594 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
6595class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
6596string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
6597 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
6598it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
6599for an error when writing "myfile".
6600 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
6601base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
6602parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
6603 Example: >
6604
6605 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
6606 : if a:a < 0
6607 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
6608 : endif
6609 :endfunction
6610 :
6611 :function! Add(a, b)
6612 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
6613 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
6614 : let c = a:a + a:b
6615 : if c < 0
6616 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
6617 : endif
6618 : return c
6619 :endfunction
6620 :
6621 :function! Div(a, b)
6622 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
6623 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
6624 : if (a:b == 0)
6625 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
6626 : endif
6627 : return a:a / a:b
6628 :endfunction
6629 :
6630 :function! Write(file)
6631 : try
6632 : execute "write" a:file
6633 : catch /^Vim(write):/
6634 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
6635 : endtry
6636 :endfunction
6637 :
6638 :try
6639 :
6640 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
6641 :
6642 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
6643 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6644 : echo "Range error in" function
6645 :
6646 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
6647 : echo "Math error"
6648 :
6649 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
6650 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
6651 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6652 : if file !~ '^/'
6653 : let file = dir . "/" . file
6654 : endif
6655 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
6656 :
6657 :catch /^EXCEPT/
6658 : echo "Unspecified error"
6659 :
6660 :endtry
6661
6662The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
6663a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
6664exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
6665 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
6666failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
6667
6668
6669PECULIARITIES
6670 *except-compat*
6671The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
6672exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
6673and/or a catch clause.
6674
6675In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
6676continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
6677after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
6678functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
6679or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
6680(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
6681
6682This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
6683immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
6684conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
6685be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
6686termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
6687catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
6688by specifying a finally clause.)
6689
6690When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6691behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6692scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6693
6694However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6695commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6696conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6697script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6698error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6699messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6700|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6701not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6702where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6703error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6704scripts.
6705
6706 *except-syntax-err*
6707Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6708the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6709clauses, however, is executed.
6710 Example: >
6711
6712 :try
6713 : try
6714 : throw 4711
6715 : catch /\(/
6716 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6717 : catch
6718 : echo "inner catch-all"
6719 : finally
6720 : echo "inner finally"
6721 : endtry
6722 :catch
6723 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6724 : finally
6725 : echo "outer finally"
6726 :endtry
6727
6728This displays: >
6729 inner finally
6730 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6731 outer finally
6732The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6733
6734 *except-single-line*
6735The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6736a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6737"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6738 Example: >
6739 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6740raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6741argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6742error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6743displayed.
6744
6745 *except-several-errors*
6746When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6747usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6748 Example: >
6749 echo novar
6750causes >
6751 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6752 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6753The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6754 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6755< *except-syntax-error*
6756But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6757the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6758 Example: >
6759 unlet novar #
6760causes >
6761 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6762 E488: Trailing characters
6763The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6764 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6765This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6766not intended by the user. Example: >
6767 try
6768 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6769 catch /.*/
6770 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6771 endtry
6772This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6773a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6774
6775==============================================================================
67769. Examples *eval-examples*
6777
6778Printing in Hex ~
6779>
6780 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6781 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6782 : let n = a:nr
6783 : let r = ""
6784 : while n
6785 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6786 : let n = n / 16
6787 : endwhile
6788 : return r
6789 :endfunc
6790
6791 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6792 :" character Hex string.
6793 :func String2Hex(str)
6794 : let out = ''
6795 : let ix = 0
6796 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6797 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6798 : let ix = ix + 1
6799 : endwhile
6800 : return out
6801 :endfunc
6802
6803Example of its use: >
6804 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6805result: "20" >
6806 :echo String2Hex("32")
6807result: "3332"
6808
6809
6810Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6811
6812Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6813":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6814platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6815function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6816with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6817>
6818 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6819 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6820 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6821 : return -1
6822 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6823 : return 1
6824 : else
6825 : return 0
6826 : endif
6827 :endfunction
6828
6829 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6830 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6831 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6832 : return
6833 : endif
6834 : let partition = a:start - 1
6835 : let middle = partition
6836 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6837 : let i = a:start
6838 : while (i <= a:end)
6839 : let str = getline(i)
6840 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6841 : if (result <= 0)
6842 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6843 : let partition = partition + 1
6844 : if (result == 0)
6845 : let middle = partition
6846 : endif
6847 : if (i != partition)
6848 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6849 : call setline(i, str2)
6850 : call setline(partition, str)
6851 : endif
6852 : endif
6853 : let i = i + 1
6854 : endwhile
6855
6856 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6857 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6858 : " the end of the partition.
6859 : if (middle != partition)
6860 : let str = getline(middle)
6861 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6862 : call setline(middle, str2)
6863 : call setline(partition, str)
6864 : endif
6865 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6866 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6867 :endfunc
6868
6869 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6870 :" function that will compare two lines.
6871 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6872 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6873 :endfunc
6874
6875 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6876 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6877<
6878 *sscanf*
6879There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6880line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6881how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6882"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6883 :" Set up the match bit
6884 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6885 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6886 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6887 :"get each item out of the match
6888 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6889 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6890 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6891
6892The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6893"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6894
6895==============================================================================
689610. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6897
6898When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6899evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6900to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6901recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6902and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6903only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6904recognized.
6905
6906Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6907missing: >
6908
6909 :if 1
6910 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6911 :else
6912 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6913 :endif
6914
6915==============================================================================
691611. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6917
6918The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6919options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6920these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6921these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
Bram Moolenaarebefac62005-12-28 22:39:57 +00006922a tags file is executed and for CTRL-R = in the command line.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006923The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006924
6925These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6926 - changing the buffer text
6927 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6928 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6929 - executing a shell command
6930 - reading or writing a file
6931 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00006932 - executing Python, Perl, etc. commands
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006933This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6934
6935 *:san* *:sandbox*
Bram Moolenaar045e82d2005-07-08 22:25:33 +00006936:san[dbox] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006937 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6938 'foldexpr'.
6939
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00006940 *sandbox-option*
6941A few options contain an expression. When this expression is evaluated it may
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00006942have to be done in the sandbox to avoid a security risc. But the sandbox is
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00006943restrictive, thus this only happens when the option was set from an insecure
6944location. Insecure in this context are:
6945- sourcing a .vimrc or .exrc in the current directlry
6946- while executing in the sandbox
6947- value coming from a modeline
6948
6949Note that when in the sandbox and saving an option value and restoring it, the
6950option will still be marked as it was set in the sandbox.
6951
6952==============================================================================
695312. Textlock *textlock*
6954
6955In a few situations it is not allowed to change the text in the buffer, jump
6956to another window and some other things that might confuse or break what Vim
6957is currently doing. This mostly applies to things that happen when Vim is
6958actually doing something else. For example, evaluating the 'balloonexpr' may
6959happen any moment the mouse cursor is resting at some position.
6960
6961This is not allowed when the textlock is active:
6962 - changing the buffer text
6963 - jumping to another buffer or window
6964 - editing another file
6965 - closing a window or quitting Vim
6966 - etc.
6967
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006968
6969 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: